WO2016104801A1 - Patch material and patch applicator therefor - Google Patents

Patch material and patch applicator therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016104801A1
WO2016104801A1 PCT/JP2015/086437 JP2015086437W WO2016104801A1 WO 2016104801 A1 WO2016104801 A1 WO 2016104801A1 JP 2015086437 W JP2015086437 W JP 2015086437W WO 2016104801 A1 WO2016104801 A1 WO 2016104801A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
skin
patch
extension
base
support
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/086437
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
小野 一郎
山本 敏幸
Original Assignee
株式会社ラボ・ジュヴェルサ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社ラボ・ジュヴェルサ filed Critical 株式会社ラボ・ジュヴェルサ
Priority to KR1020177017049A priority Critical patent/KR102504510B1/en
Priority to CN201580071204.7A priority patent/CN107105870B/en
Publication of WO2016104801A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016104801A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D44/00Other cosmetic or toiletry articles, e.g. for hairdressers' rooms
    • A45D44/002Masks for cosmetic treatment of the face
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A45HAND OR TRAVELLING ARTICLES
    • A45DHAIRDRESSING OR SHAVING EQUIPMENT; EQUIPMENT FOR COSMETICS OR COSMETIC TREATMENTS, e.g. FOR MANICURING OR PEDICURING
    • A45D44/00Other cosmetic or toiletry articles, e.g. for hairdressers' rooms
    • A45D44/22Face shaping devices, e.g. chin straps; Wrinkle removers, e.g. stretching the skin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/02Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K8/0212Face masks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a patch and its patch.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses an adhesive material in which one end of a support is affixed to the skin portion of the lower jaw and the other end of the support is affixed to the skin portion behind the ear.
  • this patch is affixed, the skin on the lower face is pulled upward, the skin loosened on the lower face is corrected, and wrinkles can be flattened.
  • the conventional patch has a small effect of correcting the loose skin, and it is difficult to sufficiently flatten deep constriction lines and marionette lines. Moreover, an unnatural depression often occurs on the skin to which the conventional patch is stuck.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a patch material that has a large effect of correcting wrinkled and loosened skin and is unlikely to cause unnatural depressions in the skin. Furthermore, the subject of this invention is providing the sticking tool which can stick the above-mentioned sticking material to skin appropriately.
  • the present inventor has examined problems in pasting a conventional patch.
  • the epidermis becomes flat, the dermis layer loses elasticity and thins, and as a result, the area expands in all directions. For this reason, it is considered that the loose skin cannot be corrected over a wide range if the conventional skin patch is applied and the loose skin is pulled in a single direction.
  • the conventional adhesive material requires an advanced technique for applying the adhesive material while pulling the adhesive material in an appropriate single direction at an appropriate strength at the time of application. If a person who is not skilled in handling the patch is affixed, it is considered that a part of the skin is strongly pulled locally, resulting in an unnatural depression.
  • the present inventor applied a part of the patch so as to hold the loose skin part in a state of being pulled in one direction, and then put the loose skin part in another direction.
  • a patch that can be applied to other parts of the patch to hold it in a towed state.
  • a patch according to the present invention is a patch having an elastic film-like support and an adhesive layer provided on one surface of the support,
  • the patch material includes a base portion having one end portion and the other end portion, a first extension portion extending from the other end portion, and a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion extends.
  • a second extension part extending from the end part, and the base part is attached to at least a part of the loose skin part when the adhesive material is applied, and the one end Is pulled toward the first extension part, and is pulled toward the second extension part in a direction different from the direction from the one end part toward the first extension part. It is characterized by that.
  • the patch is a patch provided with an elastic film-like support and an adhesive layer provided on one surface of the support, and the patch has one end and the other end.
  • a first extension portion extending from the other end portion, and a second extension extending from the other end portion in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion extends. And at least a portion.
  • one or more parts selected from the group consisting of the one end part, the first extension part, and the second extension part are muscle tissue, tendon tissue, and It may be characterized by being affixed to at least a part of the skin portion fixed to the bone tissue via one or more kinds of tissues selected from the group consisting of cartilage tissues.
  • the base portion is affixed to at least a part of the loose skin part, and the loose skin part is between the spine line and the front of the ear.
  • the fixed skin portion may be a skin portion in front of the ear.
  • the base when the base is applied, the base is attached to at least a part of the loose skin part, and the loose skin part is between the marionette line and the front of the earlobe.
  • the fixed skin portion may be a skin portion of the front of the earlobe.
  • the base when the base is applied, the base is attached to at least a part of the loose skin part, and the loose skin part is between the eye bag and the temple of the lower eyelid.
  • One or more skin parts selected from the group consisting of a part and a skin part between the back of the nose and the temple.
  • the fixed skin part may be a skin part of the temple.
  • the base is stuck to at least a part of the loose skin part
  • the loose skin part is a skin part between eyebrows
  • the fixed skin part May be characterized by being one or more skin parts selected from the group consisting of the skin part of the back of the nose and the skin part of the hairline of the frontal head.
  • the support has a thickness of 6 to 50 ⁇ m, the support has a 20% tensile strength of 0.1 to 3 N / cm, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 5 to 100 ⁇ m. Can be characterized.
  • the ten-point average roughness Rz of the other surface of the support is 6 ⁇ m ⁇ Rz ⁇ 40 ⁇ m and Rz ⁇ w. It can be.
  • the sticking tool includes a frame surrounding the sticking material, one end holding means attached to the frame to hold the one end, and a first attached to the frame to hold the first extension part.
  • the patch material according to the present invention including the above-described configuration includes at least a shape in which the first extension portion and the second extension portion extend in different directions from one end portion of the base portion.
  • the base when properly affixed, the base is affixed to at least a part of the loose skin when the affixing material is affixed and pulled toward the first extension from one end. And a state of being pulled toward the second extending portion in a direction different from the direction from the one end portion toward the first extending portion.
  • the base portion is affixed to at least a part of the slack skin portion, the direction toward the first extension portion and the second extension portion in a direction different from this direction are the same as the base portion.
  • the slack skin portion at this time is held in a state of being pulled in the direction between the first extension portion and the second extension portion.
  • the loose skin is held in a state where it is pulled in multiple directions, it expands over a wider area than when the conventional patch is applied and the loose skin is pulled in a single direction. It is possible to appropriately pull the excess skin, that is, to loosen the skin over a wide range.
  • the wrinkles that have occurred near the loosened skin will be flattened efficiently.
  • the base of this patch is applied to at least a part of the skin part of the loose cheek and the looseness of the skin part is corrected, the deep constriction lines and marionette lines near the skin part are efficiently obtained. It becomes flat and shallow.
  • this sticking material comprises at least a first extension part and a second extension part, the traction force locally concentrates on only one extension part when attached. That can be avoided. For this reason, compared with the case where the pasting material is pasted and the skin is pulled in a single direction, when the present pasting material is pasted, the skin part to which the first extension portion is pasted, Unnatural depressions are unlikely to occur in the skin part to which the extension is attached.
  • FIG. 1 represents a patch according to the first embodiment, (a) is a cross-sectional view showing a laminated structure of a patch, and (b) is a cross-sectional view showing a laminated structure of a patch in which an adhesive layer is covered with release paper. is there.
  • the patch material which concerns on Embodiment 1 is represented, (a) is a front view which shows a pair of left-right U-shaped patch material, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the site
  • Embodiment 1 represents a method of applying a patch according to Embodiment 1, wherein (a) is an explanatory view showing a patch with one end affixed while being pulled by a base and a first extension part, and (b) is being pulled. It is explanatory drawing which shows the patch with which the 1st extension part was stuck, (c) is explanatory drawing which shows the patch with which the 2nd extension part was stuck while being pulled. In addition, the part of the range where the spot was drawn by (a), (b), (c) shows the part by which the patch was stuck on the skin.
  • the sticking method of the adhesive material provided with the release paper provided with the cut line is represented, (a) is an explanatory view showing the adhesive material from which the base coating portion of the release paper is peeled, and (b) while pulling the adhesive material. It is explanatory drawing which shows sticking a base, (c) peels the 1st extension part coating part and 2nd extension part coating part of a release paper, and makes a 1st extension part and a 2nd extension part. It is explanatory drawing which shows sticking, each pulling from one end part to another direction. In addition, the part of the range where the spot is drawn by (a) shows the part which peeled the base part covering part of release paper, and the skin contact surface of the patch has been exposed.
  • the patch material which concerns on Embodiment 2 is represented, (a) is a front view which shows a pair of left and right E-shaped patch material, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the site
  • the patch material which concerns on Embodiment 3 is represented, (a) is a front view which shows a psi-shaped patch material, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the site
  • FIG. 4 shows a patch according to Embodiment 4, wherein (a) is a cross-sectional view showing a laminated structure of the patch when the support is made of an acrylate resin, and (b) is a support made of polyurethane. It is sectional drawing which shows the laminated structure of the patch in the case of being comprised.
  • FIG. 1 represents a patch holding a patch
  • (a) is a front view of a patch holding a patch according to Embodiment 1 including release paper
  • It is sectional drawing which shows the sticking tool holding the sticking material. The method of affixing a patch suitably using a sticking tool is represented,
  • (a) is explanatory drawing which shows the patch from which the base coating
  • (b) is a base part from an end part holding means.
  • (C) It is explanatory drawing which shows peeling one end part holding means and a carrier after sticking, pulling in the direction which goes to a 1st extension part holding means, and the direction which goes to a 2nd extension part holding means, respectively.
  • FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing that the first extension part and the second extension part are peeled off and attached in a state where the first extension part and the second extension part are pulled in different directions, respectively.
  • the part of the range by which the spot was drawn by (a) shows the part from which the base coating part was peeled and the skin contact surface was exposed.
  • the part of the range where the spot was drawn by (b) and (c) shows the part by which the patch was stuck on the skin.
  • (A) is an E-shaped patch according to Embodiment 2
  • (b) is a ⁇ -shaped patch according to Embodiment 3
  • (c) is a V-shaped patch according to Embodiment 4
  • (d) is It is a front view showing the sticking tool holding the U-shaped patch with a horizontally short base according to Embodiment 4, and (e) the U-shaped patch with the horizontally long base according to Embodiment 4. .
  • a patch (1aL, 1aR) which concerns on Embodiment 1 is provided with the support body 8a and the adhesive layer 9a. Furthermore, as shown to Fig.2 (a), a patch (1aL, 1aR) is a base part (2aL, 2aR), a 1st extension part (3aL, 3aR), and a 2nd extension part by the shape. (6aL, 6aR).
  • the adhesive material 1aR for the right side of the face and the adhesive material 1aL for the left side of the face are a pair of left and right sets for the person to be applied so that it can be applied to the right side and the left side of the face.
  • the patch 1aL and the patch 1aR have the same configuration except that their shapes are mirror image symmetric.
  • the patch 1aL will be described, the description is the same for the patch 1aR.
  • the patch 1aL has a laminated structure in which a film-like support 8a has one surface 11a and another surface 10a, and an adhesive layer 9a is provided on the one surface 11a.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 9a is provided with a skin contact surface 13a facing the one surface 11a of the support 8a. In the part where the skin contact surface 13a is in contact with the skin, the patch 1aL is stuck to the skin.
  • the support 8a is made of, for example, a resin composition having one or more elasticity selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, polyacrylic ester resin, polyisobutylene, polyvinyl acetate, and the like. Since the support body 8a comprised by this resin composition has moderate elasticity, it is hard to tear when the patch 1aL is pulled.
  • the support 8a is preferably thin and flexible. If the support 8a is thin, when the patch 1aL is affixed to the skin, the affixed person is less likely to feel discomfort in the skin. If the support 8a is flexible, the affixed patch 1aL easily expands and contracts following the movement of the skin, and is difficult to peel off from the skin.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 9a is selected from the group consisting of an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a silicon-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, and the like, which are used in medical patches and are dermatologically acceptable. It is comprised by 1 or more types of adhesives. In order to suppress irritation to the skin, the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 9a is preferably an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive has, for example, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of acrylic acid, acrylic acid esters having 8 to 10 carbon atoms, hydroxyethyl acrylate, and hydroxyethyl acrylamide as a main monomer, vinyl acetate, And a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained by polymerizing one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of alkoxyalkyl esters as a comonomer.
  • a gel-like copolymer acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive containing 5 to 50% of a liquid having a melting point of 10 ° C. or higher and a boiling point of 120 ° C. or higher and cross-linked to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition constitutes the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 9a. It is more preferable that the pressure sensitive adhesive is used.
  • the patch 1aL is U-shaped as a whole.
  • the base 2aL has a substantially rectangular outer shape, and has one end 4a and the other end 12a.
  • the first extending portion 3aL has a tongue-like outer shape and extends from the other end portion 12a.
  • the tongue-like tip portion of the first extension portion 3aL is defined as a first tip portion 5a.
  • the second extending portion 6aL has a tongue-like outer shape, and extends from the other end portion 12a in a direction different from the direction in which the first extending portion 3aL extends.
  • the tongue-like tip portion of the second extending portion 6aL is defined as a second tip portion 22a.
  • the extension part pasted first is made into the 1st extension part among several extension parts, and the extension part stuck next after the 1st extension part is stuck Is the second extension.
  • the extension part stuck on the lower side when stuck on the body is the first extension part 3aL
  • the extension part stuck on the upper side is the second extension part 6aL.
  • the slack skin portion can be corrected while being pulled so as to be gradually raised from the lower side toward the upper side.
  • the substantially quadrangular shape is an external shape such as a quadrangle
  • a part of the external shape corresponding to the side of the quadrangle includes a curved portion
  • a rounded portion is provided at a portion corresponding to the corner of the quadrangle
  • some of the outer shapes are connected to and integrated with the extension, some corners and sides are not clear.
  • the base 2aL has an outer shape like a quadrangle, and has two corner portions 18a sandwiching one side 19a of the quadrangle.
  • One side 19a is curved and two corner portions 18a are rounded.
  • the concave-shaped concave vertex 20a formed between the 1st extension part 3aL and the 2nd extension part 6aL of the patch 1aL is a point which is on the opposite side of the one side 19a in a square shape.
  • the peripheral portion of the concave apex 20a is connected to and integrated with the respective root portions 23a of the first extension portion 3aL and the second extension portion 6aL, the base portion 2aL has the entire opposite side of the one side 19a, The two corner portions 21 sandwiching the opposite side do not have a square corner or a clear outline as its periphery.
  • the different direction in the present invention means that when the patch has two extending portions, the extending direction of each extending portion is at a different angle within a range of 10 to 90 °. It means being.
  • the different direction in the present invention means that when the patch has three or more extending portions, the directions in which the extending portions extend differ from each other within a range of 5 to 180 °. It means that you are facing.
  • the extending directions of the extending portions are different, the base portion and the skin portion to which the base portion is applied are pulled in the direction between the extending portions if the sticking material is appropriately applied. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently eliminate skin slack.
  • the outer shapes of the first extension portion 3aL and the second extension portion 6aL are as equidistant as possible with respect to the two sides extending side by side in the longitudinal direction of the tongue.
  • a virtual straight line formed by connecting a plurality of straight lines, and an intersection formed by extending these two virtual straight lines, the crossing angle is 20 to 40 °. That is, in the patch 1aL, the extending direction of the first extending portion 3aL and the extending direction of the second extending portion 6aL are 20 to 40 ° open.
  • the shortest distance from one side 19a to the concave vertex 20a is the horizontal length of the base 2aL, and the shortest width shown when the width of the base 2aL is measured in a direction orthogonal to the horizontal direction is the vertical direction of the base 2aL.
  • the dimension of the base 2aL is, for example, 30 mm long ⁇ 20 mm wide.
  • a line perpendicular to the horizontal direction passes through a bisector of the horizontal length of the base portion 2aL, and a portion of the base portion 2aL that is closer to the side 19a than the virtual line is
  • the portion 4a and the portion of the base 2aL that is closer to the concave vertex 20a than the virtual line is referred to as the other end 12a.
  • the one end portion 4a is composed of one side 19a, two corner portions 18a, and a peripheral portion of the base portion 2aL having a substantially square shape.
  • the other end portion 12a includes a concave vertex 20a, two corner portions 21 sandwiching the opposite side of the one side 19a described above, and a peripheral portion thereof.
  • the procedure of the sticking method of the patch 1aL will be described.
  • the first tip 5a is pulled in a state where the one end 4a and the first tip 5a of the patch 1aL are simultaneously picked by the fingertips of different hands.
  • the patch 1aL will be in the state pulled in the direction which goes to the 1st front-end
  • the sticking material 1aL when stuck by the above procedure is stuck on at least a part of the skin portion 41 where the base 2aL is loosened. Further, the base portion 2aL and the first extension portion 3aL are pasted in a state of being pulled in a direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a of the first extension portion 3aL. Further, the base portion 2aL and the second extension portion 6aL are arranged such that the second tip portion of the second extension portion 6aL is in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion 3aL is applied while being pulled from the one end portion 4a. It is stuck in a state of being pulled in the direction toward 22a.
  • the body includes a skin portion fixed to the bone tissue via at least one kind of tissue selected from the group consisting of muscle tissue, tendon tissue, and cartilage tissue (Hereinafter referred to as “fixed skin part”).
  • tissue selected from the group consisting of muscle tissue, tendon tissue, and cartilage tissue (Hereinafter referred to as “fixed skin part”).
  • the base portion is compared with the case of applying the adhesive material while pulling the conventional adhesive material in a single direction. Not only the affixed skin part but also the surplus skin that has spread over a wide area around the skin part can be pulled and corrected appropriately. Furthermore, when the skin looseness is eliminated over a wide area, wrinkles that have occurred near the loose skin portion are efficiently flattened.
  • this sticking material is stuck through the step of sticking while pulling the first extension part and the step of sticking while pulling the second extension part. Since it is applied through multiple steps, the direction of pulling the slack skin portion can be adjusted in order, and the strength of the traction force that reaches each of the first extension portion and the second extension portion can be dispersed sequentially. For this reason, even for those who are not skilled in handling conventional patch materials, it is easy for traction force to concentrate locally on only one extension part when applying this patch material. Therefore, it is easy to apply so that an unnatural depression does not occur in the skin part to which each extending part is attached. Further, as shown in FIG.
  • the present adhesive material sequentially distributes the strength of the traction force between the first extension part and the second extension part, as shown in FIG. 3 (c). Since the skin that has slackened in a wide range of directions between the skin and the skin can be pulled more strongly, it is easy to apply the skin so that the skin with the slack corrected has a natural appearance.
  • the patch according to the present invention is preferably used as a patch for skin correction. More preferably, it is used as a patch for correcting senile facial features to correct senile facial features into youthful and natural facial features.
  • the effect of the present invention is that the base portion is attached to at least a part of the loosened skin portion while pulling the base portion and the first extension portion in the direction from the one end portion toward the first tip portion of the first extension portion. 1st tip part of the 1st extension part is stuck, and then it sticks while pulling the 2nd tip part of the 2nd extension part in a direction different from the direction stuck while pulling the 1st extension part. It is further demonstrated by taking the sticking method.
  • the patch 1aL preferably includes a release paper 14a that covers the skin contact surface 13a as shown in FIG. 1 (b).
  • the skin contact surface 13a is protected until the release paper 14a is peeled off.
  • the release paper 14a is made of a material that can be easily peeled off from the skin contact surface 13a with a small force. Examples of the material of the release paper 14a include, for example, a paper that has been siliconized on one side, a paper and polyolefin thin film that have been bonded together, and a silicon film that has been siliconized, or a polyester film that has been siliconized. What you gave. Further, it is preferable that the release paper 14a is provided with a knob 16 that protrudes from a portion covering the skin contact surface 13a because it is easy to peel off.
  • the release paper 14a is preferably provided with a cut (half cut) 17a.
  • the cut 17a is provided on the release paper 14a so as to cross the respective root portions 23a of the first extension portion 3aL and the second extension portion 6aL shown in FIG. Further, the cut line 17a is provided in a different direction for each root part 23a. Alternatively, in place of the cut line 17a, a cut line 24a that crosses all the root portions 23a in the same direction may be provided in order to simplify the manufacturing process. As shown in FIGS.
  • the release paper 14a provided with the cut line 17a or the cut line 24a includes a base covering portion 25a that covers the skin contact surface 13a of the base 2aL, and a first tip.
  • the procedure of the sticking method is demonstrated about the patch 1aL in case the cut 17a or the cut 24a is provided in the release paper 14a.
  • the base covering portion 25a of the release paper 14a is peeled off. Since the first tip portion covering portion 26a and the second tip portion covering portion 27a are separated from the base portion covering portion 25a by the cut line 17a or the cut line 24a, they remain on the skin contact surface 13a. For this reason, when sticking the patch 1aL, it is easy to pull the first tip portion 5a and the second tip portion 22a with a fingertip.
  • the one end portion 4a and the first tip portion 5a are picked by the fingertips of different hands and pulled in the direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a. While pulling in this way, as shown in FIG. 4 (b), only one end 4a is affixed to at least a part of the slack skin portion 41. Subsequently, while pulling the base 2aL and the first extension 3aL in the direction from the one end 4a toward the first tip 5a of the first extension 3aL, the other end 12a and the root 23a are attached in this order. .
  • the base portion 2aL and the first extension portion 3aL are pulled in the direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a of the first extension portion 3aL. Can keep the state.
  • the first tip portion covering portion 26a is peeled off, and the base portion 2aL and the first extending portion 3aL are pulled in the direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a. Meanwhile, the first tip 5a of the first extension 3aL is pasted. Finally, the second tip portion covering portion 27a is peeled off, and the second tip portion 22a is pulled from the one end portion 4a in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion 3aL is attached while being pulled. It sticks in order of the edge part 12a, the base part 23a, and the 2nd front-end
  • the patch 1aL includes the release paper 14a provided with the cut line 17a or the cut line 24, even if the base cover part 25a is peeled as shown in FIG. The portion 26a and the second tip portion covering portion 27a remain. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 4B, when the one end 4a is affixed to at least a part of the slack skin portion 41, the first tip portion 5a and the second tip portion 22a are mistakenly attached to the skin. You can avoid that. Moreover, since the 2nd front-end
  • the present inventor examined the cause of wrinkles and looseness in the skin from an anatomical point of view in order to correct the loosened skin portion 41 more efficiently.
  • the fixed skin portion 42 described above is maintained in a state where the position on the body is fixed even when the skin ages.
  • the fixed skin portion 42 for example, in the human head 51 shown in FIG. 4C, the hairline portion 52 of the frontal head hair, the eyebrow 53, the inner eye angle 54, the outer eye angle 55, the front nose
  • Examples thereof include skin portions covering the spines 56, the heels 57, the external auditory canal 58, and the like, and these skin portions are firmly bonded to the bone tissue through muscle tissue, tendon tissue, cartilage tissue, and the like.
  • Examples of the fixed skin portion 42 include the skin where the constriction line 59 is generated and the surrounding skin portion 60, and these skin portions slowly move to the maxilla and gingival portion in the oral cavity via facial muscles. Is supported and fixed.
  • the position of the loose skin portion 41 is not fixed, and the skin area is increased due to aging.
  • the surplus skin with an increased area hangs down due to gravity with the fixed skin portion 42 as a support site, thereby causing wrinkles and slack in the skin.
  • it is considered that a human whose facial skin is aged is transformed into a senile facial appearance.
  • the conventional patch is not a shape or size that is easy to stick to the skin part 42 to which the part is fixed or its peripheral part, and the skin fixed based on an anatomical viewpoint at the design stage. It is considered that the position of the portion 42 is not considered. Moreover, the skin part which is not fixed from an anatomical viewpoint moves frequently with contraction of muscle tissue in daily life. For example, a skin portion that is not fixed from the anatomical point of view of the face frequently moves greatly due to a change in facial expression. In many cases, the conventional patch is applied so that the slack skin portion 41 is pulled toward an unfixed skin portion from an anatomical viewpoint, and the slack skin portion 41 is pulled. It seems that the direction was not stable. For this reason, even if a conventional patch is applied, it is considered difficult to correct wrinkles and slacks that occur on the skin so that the natural facial appearance can be efficiently obtained.
  • the base material 2aL is affixed to at least a part of the skin portion 61 of the upper cheek, and the first extension part
  • the 3aL first tip 5a and the second tip 22a of the second extension 6aL are attached to at least a part of the skin portion 62 in front of the ear.
  • the skin part 61 in the upper cheek is a skin part 63 between the constriction line 59 and the front of the ear.
  • the skin portion 61 in the upper cheek is slackened and corresponds to the slackened skin portion 41.
  • the skin portion 62 in front of the ear is firmly connected to the temporal bone by a tubular cartilage tissue or the like covering the external auditory canal 58 and the inner ear canal, and corresponds to the fixed skin portion 42.
  • the base portion 2aL While pulling the base portion 2aL and the first extending portion 3aL in the direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a, the base portion 2aL is applied to at least a part of the skin portion 61 of the upper cheek, and then the first tip portion 5a is affixed to at least a part of the lower part of the skin portion 62 in front of the ear, and then the front end of the ear is pulled while pulling the second tip 22a in a direction different from the direction in which the second extension 22a is pulled.
  • the excess skin in the skin part 61 in the upper cheek is pulled toward the skin part 62 in front of the ear.
  • the patch 1aL As long as the patch 1aL is affixed, this pulled state can be kept stable even if the muscle contracts and the facial expression changes in daily life. For this reason, if the patch 1aL is appropriately affixed, the excess skin in the skin portion 61 on the loose upper cheek can be more efficiently corrected than when the conventional patch is affixed. Further, when the excess skin in the upper cheek skin portion 61 is corrected, the constricted line 59 is flattened and becomes shallower. For this reason, the patch 1aL can be suitably used as a skin correction patch for a person who has generated the deep constricted wire 59.
  • the facial muscle tissue directly or indirectly connects the bone tissue in the median part of the face and the bone tissue on the left or right side of the face (outside from the median). Furthermore, the facial muscles are connected so as to penetrate directly into the dermis of the skin. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 4C, the skin covering the tendon tissue at both ends of the facial muscle tissue (the median part of the face and the outside of the face) corresponds to the fixed skin part 42. Further, when the slack skin portion 41 hangs down due to gravity, wrinkles are generated in the skin, resulting in a senile facial appearance.
  • the first extending portion 3aL and the second extending portion 6aL of the patch 1aL are preferably centered on the face with respect to the constriction line 59 and the skin portion 61 on the upper cheek. Is applied to the skin portion 62 in front of the ear in the direction of the outer upper side.
  • the patch 1aL is applied in this way, the pulling force in the direction from the constricted line 59 to the skin part 62 in front of the ear via the skin part 61 in the upper cheek is spread over a wide range of excess skin in the skin part 61 in the upper cheek.
  • the extended state is maintained. With this action, when the patch 1aL is properly applied, the constriction line 59 located on the lower inner side of the upper cheek skin portion 61 on the face can be efficiently flattened.
  • the first extension 3aL is applied while pulling the first extension 3aL in the direction along the lower edge of the base 2aL and the first extension 3aL as much as possible, and then the second extension 6aL. It is good to stick it, pulling toward the fixed skin part 42 which exists on the outer side upper side of the face.
  • the first extending portion 3aL is pasted, the slack skin portion 41 is pulled in the direction along the lower edge of the base portion 2aL and the first extending portion 3aL, and further the second extending portion 6aL is moved.
  • the loosened skin portion 41 is further pulled toward the upper outside of the face.
  • the slack skin portion 41 is pulled in the direction along the lower edges of the base portion 2aL and the first extension portion 5aL, when pulling it toward the upper outside later, it is pulled. It becomes easy to stick while adjusting the direction and strength of traction force. It becomes easy to apply the patch 1aL so that the loose skin portion 41 can be corrected in a natural manner.
  • the base 2aL of the patch 1aL has a curved side in the substantially rectangular outer shape and the corners 18a are rounded, the traction force is locally concentrated on the contour of the base 2aL. In addition, the occurrence of an unnatural depression in the loose skin portion 41 is avoided. Further, since the base 2aL has a substantially square shape having a certain area, it can be applied to a wide range of the slack skin portion 41, and the slack skin portion 41 can be pulled over a wide range. For this reason, when the patch 1aL is pasted compared to the case where a pasting material having a thin base is pasted or the case where a patch having a small base area is pasted, the looseness of the skin looks efficiently and unnatural.
  • first extending portion 3aL and the second extending portion 6aL are tongue-shaped, they do not have an acute angle in their outer shapes, and traction force is locally applied to the skin portion to which these extending portions are attached. Concentrated and unnatural depressions can be avoided.
  • the patch (1fL, 1fR) according to Embodiment 2 shown in FIG. 5 (a) has the same configuration and operational effects as the patch 1aL described above, and the appropriate sticking method is also the same. However, since a part of the shape, a body part suitable for attachment, and the like are different, this different point will be described. Moreover, although the patch 1fL will be described, the description is the same for the patch 1fR having a mirror image symmetrical shape with respect to the shape of the patch 1fL.
  • the patch 1fL includes a support 8f and an adhesive layer 9f, and further includes a base 2f, a first extension 3f, a second extension 6f, and a third extension 7f.
  • a 3rd extension part is an extension part affixed next after a 1st extension part and a 2nd extension part are affixed among several extension parts. .
  • the sticking material 1fL is E-shaped as a whole, and its base 2f has one end 4f and the other end 12f, and is substantially rectangular.
  • the dimension of the base portion 2f is such that the shortest distance from one side 19f to the closest of the two concave vertices 20f is the horizontal length, and the shortest width of the base portion 2f in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction is the vertical length. When it is set as the length in the direction, it is, for example, 35 mm long ⁇ 35 mm wide.
  • the third extension portion 7f has a tongue-like outer shape, extends from the other end portion 12f, and extends in the direction in which the first extension portion 3f extends and in the direction in which the second extension portion 6f extends. It extends in a different direction.
  • the tongue-like tip portion of the third extending portion 7f is referred to as a third tip portion 38f.
  • the extension part that is applied to the lowermost side when applying the patch 1fL to the body is the first extension part 3f
  • the extension part that is attached in the middle is the second extension part.
  • the extension portion 6f and the extension portion attached to the uppermost side as the third extension portion 7f are preferable from the viewpoint of correcting the slackness of the skin by pulling it from the lower side to the upper side.
  • the extending direction of the first extending portion 3f and the extending direction of the second extending portion 6f are 5 to 10 degrees apart, and the extending direction of the second extending portion 6f and the third extending portion 7f
  • the extending direction of the first extending portion 3f and the extending direction of the third extending portion 7f are opened 30 to 50 °.
  • the procedure of an appropriate application method for the adhesive material 1fL will be described. While pulling the base 2f and the first extension 3f in the direction from the one end 4f toward the first tip 5f of the first extension 3f, the base 2f is affixed to at least a part of the slack skin portion 41. The first tip portion 5f of the first extending portion 3f is affixed to the skin portion above the outside of the skin portion 41 that is slackened on the face while keeping this pulled state.
  • the second distal end portion 22f of the second extension portion 6f is above the outer side of the skin portion 41 that is slackened on the face while pulling in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion 3f is pasted while pulling. Apply to the skin.
  • the third tip portion 38f of the third extension portion 7f is attached in a direction different from the direction in which the third extension portion 3f is attached while pulling the first extension portion 3f or the direction in which the second extension portion 6f is attached. While pulling, it is applied to the skin portion located on the outer side of the skin portion 41 slackened on the face.
  • the patch 1fL when properly applied in a state of being pulled in a plurality of directions has at least a base portion 2f of at least a part of the skin portion 64 of the upper cheek and at least a skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid.
  • the shape is affixed to a part.
  • the first tip 5f is affixed to at least a part of the lower part of the skin part 62 in front of the ear
  • the second tip 22f is affixed to at least a part of the upper part of the skin part 62 in front of the ear.
  • the third tip portion 38f of the portion 7f is shaped to be affixed to at least a part of the temple portion 69 of the temple.
  • the skin part 68 of the lower eyelid is a skin part 70 between the lower eyelid and the temple.
  • a person who has a so-called crow's footprint 71 appearing at the corner of the eye (external eye corner) has slack in the skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid in addition to the bulge of the lower eyelid (so-called eye bag).
  • the temple portion 69 of the temple is a part of the hairline portion 52 of the frontal hair and is firmly bonded to the skull periosteum via a cap-like aponeurosis, frontal fascia, temporal fascia, etc. This corresponds to the fixed skin portion 42. For this reason, if the patch 1fL is properly applied, the looseness of the skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid is corrected, and the footprint 71 of the crow becomes flat and shallow.
  • the patch 1fL when the patch 1fL is properly applied, the effects exhibited when the above-described patch 1aL is appropriately applied are also exhibited. For this reason, the patch 1fL can be suitably used as a patch for correcting skin to a person who generates the deep constricted line 59 and at the same time the crow's feet 71 appear.
  • the patch material is used for patients who have undergone cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery for the skin portion 64 of the upper cheek and the skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid, or for patients who have undergone surgery or treatment due to facial paralysis.
  • 1fL is excellent as a skin correction patch because it can simultaneously correct the skin portion 64 of the upper cheek and the skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid.
  • the patch 1fL was used, the period until the skin portion 64 at the upper cheek became a desired shape was shortened to 2 months, that is, 1/3.
  • the patch 1fL is provided with the release paper 14f provided with the cut 17f or the cut 24f.
  • the release paper 14f is divided into a base covering portion 25f, a first tip portion covered portion 26f, a second tip portion covering portion 27f, and a third tip portion covering portion 39f.
  • the patch 1i according to Embodiment 3 shown in FIG. 6 (a) has the same configuration and operational effects as the patch 1aL described above, and the appropriate sticking method is also the same. However, since a part of the shape, a body part suitable for attachment, and the like are different, this different point will be described.
  • the patch 1i includes a support 8i and an adhesive layer 9i, and further includes a base 2i, a first extension 3i, a second extension 6i, and a third extension 7i.
  • the patch 1i has a line-symmetric shape that is ⁇ -shaped as a whole, and its base 2i has a first end 4i and a second end 12i and is substantially rectangular.
  • the dimension of the base 2i is defined as a horizontal length that is the shortest distance from one side 19i to the two concave vertices 20i, and the shortest width of the base 2i in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction is the vertical length.
  • the length in the direction is, for example, 25 mm long ⁇ 35 mm wide.
  • the extended portion on the axis of symmetry of the patch 1i is defined as a first extension 3i.
  • one of the extension part affixed to the right side of the first extension part 3i and the extension part affixed to the left side is designated as the second extension part 6i, and the other is designated as the second extension part 6i.
  • 3 extension part 7i It is arbitrary which extension part of the right side or the left side is used as the second extension part 6i.
  • the first extension part 3i, the second extension part 6i, and the third extension part 7i extend from the other end part 12i in different directions.
  • the extending direction of the first extending portion 3i and the extending direction of the second extending portion 6i are 45 to 60 ° open, and the extending direction of the first extending portion 3i and the third extending portion 7i is 45 to 60 °.
  • the extending direction of the second extending portion 6i and the extending direction of the third extending portion 7i are 90 to 120 ° open.
  • the base material 2i when the base material 2i is properly attached while being pulled in a plurality of directions is attached to at least a part of the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows.
  • the 1 extension part 3i, the 2nd extension part 6i, and the 3rd extension part 7i are the shapes stuck on at least one part of the skin part 75 of a forehead.
  • one end 4i of the base 2i is affixed to at least a part of the skin portion 76 on the back of the nose.
  • a person who has wrinkles between the eyebrows has slackened skin portion 74 between the eyebrows, and the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows corresponds to the loosened skin portion 41.
  • the nasal dorsal skin portion 76 corresponds to the fixed skin portion 42 because it is firmly fixed to the lower nasal bone and the upper outer nasal cartilage via the muscle tissue such as the nasal root muscle.
  • the sticking method of the patch 1i is the same as the sticking method described above for the patch 1fL according to the second embodiment. However, as compared with the method of applying the patch 1fL, the method of applying the patch 1i is to apply the second extension on the right or left side of the first extension 3i after the first extension 3i is attached. The difference is that the protruding portion 6i is pasted, and finally the third extending portion 7i that has not been pasted is pasted.
  • the patch 1i When the patch 1i is affixed, the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows is stably pulled in the direction from the skin portion 76 on the back of the nose to the skin portion 75 of the forehead through the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows. Is held. When the looseness of the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows is corrected, the wrinkles between the eyebrows are flattened and become shallow. For this reason, the patch 1i can be suitably used as a skin correction patch for a person who has wrinkles between the eyebrows. Also, the patch 1i is similar to the patch 1fL described above for patients who have undergone cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery for the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows, or for patients who have undergone surgery or treatment because of facial facial paralysis. Excellent as a skin correction patch.
  • the sticking material 1i is provided with the release paper 14i provided with the cut 17i or the cut 24i.
  • the release paper 14i in this case is divided into a base covering portion 25i, a first tip portion covered portion 26i, a second tip portion covering portion 27i, and a third tip portion covering portion 39i.
  • the adhesive material (1d, 1e, 1t) according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIGS. 7 (a), (b), and (c) has the same configuration and operational effects as the adhesive material 1aL described above, and an appropriate application method thereof. Is the same. However, since a part of the shape, a body part suitable for attachment, and the like are different, this different point will be described.
  • the patch (1d, 1e, 1t) includes a support (8d, 8e, 8t) and an adhesive layer (9d, 9e, 9t), and further includes a base (2d, 2e, 2t) and a first extension portion. (3d, 3e, 3t) and the second extending portion (6d, 6e, 6t). Moreover, since the patch (1d, 1e, 1t) is a line-symmetric shape, it can be appropriately affixed to either the right or left side of the face.
  • the adhesive material 1d shown in FIG. 7 (a) is V-shaped as a whole, and its base 2d has a substantially rectangular shape having one end 4d and the other end 12d.
  • the dimension of the base 2d is set such that the shortest distance from one side 19d to the concave vertex 20d is the horizontal length, and the shortest width of the base 2d in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction is the vertical length. For example, it is 15 mm long ⁇ 35 mm wide.
  • the extending direction of the first extending part 3d and the extending direction of the second extending part 6d are opened by 40 to 60 °.
  • the base 2d of the patch 1d when properly pasted while being pulled in a plurality of directions is stuck to at least a part of the skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid.
  • the first tip 5d of the first extension 3d is affixed to at least a part of the lower part of the temple portion 69 of the temple.
  • the second distal end portion 22d of the second extending portion 6d is affixed to at least a part of the upper part of the skin portion 69 of the temple.
  • the skin part 68 of the lower eyelid is the skin part 70 between the lower eyelid and the temple and corresponds to the loose skin part 41.
  • the temple portion 69 of the temple corresponds to the fixed skin portion 42.
  • the patch 1d can be suitably used as a patch for skin correction for those who have crow footprints 71 appearing on the corners of the eyes.
  • the adhesive material 1e shown in FIG. 7 (b) has a U-shape as a whole, and its base 2e has one end 4e and the other end 12e and has a substantially rectangular shape that is short in the lateral direction.
  • the dimension of the base portion 2e is the shortest distance from one side 19e to the concave vertex 20e as the horizontal length, and the shortest width of the base portion 2e in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction is the vertical length. For example, it is 40 mm long ⁇ 30 mm wide.
  • the extending direction of the first extending part 3e and the extending direction of the second extending part 6e are opened by 30 to 50 °. Further, as shown in FIG.
  • the adhesive material 1e when appropriately applied while being pulled in a plurality of directions is a body part similar to the adhesive material 1aL described above with reference to FIG. 2 (b). Affixed to For this reason, the adhesive material 1e can be suitably used as an adhesive material for skin correction to a person who has generated the deep constricted wire 59. Further, when two sheets of patch 1e are used, the same effects as when one patch 1aL and one patch 1aR are used are exhibited.
  • the adhesive material 1t shown in FIG. 7 (c) is U-shaped as a whole, and the base 2t has a side portion 4t and the other end portion 12t, and has a horizontally long substantially square shape.
  • the dimension of the base 2t is defined as the shortest distance from one side 19t to the concave vertex 20t being the horizontal length, and the shortest width of the base 2t in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction being the vertical length. For example, it is 40 mm long ⁇ 53 mm wide.
  • the extending direction of the first extending part 3t and the extending direction of the second extending part 6t are 30 to 50 ° open.
  • the base material 2t of the sticking material 1t when properly stuck to the sticking while being pulled in a plurality of directions is stuck on at least a part of the skin part 64 in the lower cheek.
  • the first tip 5t of the first extension 3t and the second tip 22t of the second extension 6t are affixed to at least a part of the skin portion 65 at the front of the earlobe.
  • the skin portion 64 at the one end 4t and the lower cheek is pulled in a plurality of directions, a direction toward the first tip 5t and a direction toward the second tip 22t in a different direction.
  • the skin part 64 in the lower cheek is a skin part 67 between the marionette line 66 and the front of the earlobe.
  • the skin portion 64 below the cheek is loosened, and the skin portion 64 below the cheek corresponds to the loose skin portion 41.
  • the skin portion 65 in the front of the earlobe is firmly connected to the temporal bone by cartilage tissue or the like covering the external auditory canal 58 and the inner ear canal, and corresponds to the fixed skin portion 42.
  • the marionette line 66 becomes flat and shallow.
  • the patch 1t can be suitably used as a patch for skin correction for those who have created the marionette line 66.
  • the base 2t of the patch 1t is longer than the base 2e of the patch 1e, it can be applied over a wide range of the loose skin portion 41. For this reason, when applied, the adhesive material 1t has a greater effect of correcting loosened skin than the adhesive material 1e. Further, the loose skin portion 41 is in a state in which the area of the skin is enlarged in all directions, but the extent of the enlargement varies greatly depending on the person or age.
  • the patch 1e is preferably used as a patch for correcting senile facial features for a person whose skin area is slightly enlarged, for example, a person in their 40s or 50s.
  • the patch 1t is preferably used as a patch for correcting senile facial features for a person whose skin area is greatly enlarged, for example, a person in their 60s or more.
  • the body part suitable for the application of the adhesive material (1e, 1t) and the number of adhesive materials applied at a time are not limited to the example shown in FIG.
  • the sticking material 1e when stuck while being pulled in a plurality of directions has its base 2e attached to at least a part of the skin portion 64 at the lower cheek, and the first tip 5e of the first extension 3e, And the 2nd tip part 22e of the 2nd extension part 6e is affixed on at least one part of the skin part 65 of the front part of the earlobe, and is used as a patch for skin correction with respect to the person who produced the marionette line 66. Also good.
  • another patch 1e is stuck while being pulled in a plurality of directions at the same body part as the patch 1aL described above with reference to FIG. You may exhibit the effect which corrects the looseness of the skin simultaneously with respect to both.
  • the adhesive material 1t applied when pulled while being pulled in a plurality of directions is applied to a body part similar to the adhesive material 1aL described above with reference to FIG.
  • it may be suitably used as a skin correction patch.
  • each of the patch materials (1d, 1e, 1t) is provided with a cut (17d, 17e, 17t) or a cut (24d, 24e, 24t). It is preferable to provide the release paper (14d, 14e, 14t).
  • Each of the release papers (14d, 14e, 14t) in this case includes a base covering portion (25d, 25e, 25t), a first tip portion covered portion (26d, 26e, 26t), and a second tip portion covering portion (27d, 27e, 27t).
  • the extension part that is attached to the lower side when attached to the body is the first extension part (3d, 3e, 3t), and the extension part that is attached to the upper side.
  • the protruding portion is preferably the second extending portion (6d, 6e, 6t) from the viewpoint of correcting the loosened skin portion 41 to be lifted.
  • the adhesive material (not shown) according to Embodiment 5 has the same shape and effect as any of the adhesive materials (1aL, 1aR, 1d, 1e, 1fL, 1fR, 1i, and 1t) described above. The same applies to the application method and the body part suitable for application. Moreover, it is preferable to provide a release paper (not shown) provided with a cut (not shown). However, since the structure of a support body and an adhesive layer differs, this different point is demonstrated.
  • the patch according to the present embodiment includes a support and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and further includes at least a base portion having one end portion and another end portion, a first extension portion, and a second extension portion. Furthermore, you may comprise with a 3rd extension part.
  • the thickness of the support of the patch according to this embodiment is 6 to 50 ⁇ m, preferably 7 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the support is 6 to 50 ⁇ m
  • the thickness of the support is 7 to 30 ⁇ m
  • the thickness is easy for the user to handle the patch, and the patch exhibits a tensile stress suitable for correcting the skin.
  • the thickness of the support is too thin, the tensile stress of the support becomes weak while the sticking material is being pulled. If the tensile stress of the support becomes too weak, the traction force on the loose skin part becomes weak and the effect of correcting the skin becomes small.
  • the support is too thick, when the adhesive is applied to the skin, the person who has applied it feels uncomfortable on the skin.
  • the support of the patch according to this embodiment is composed of a film having a 20% tensile strength of 0.1 to 3 N / cm.
  • the 20% tensile strength of the support is 0.1 to 3 N / cm, the support exhibits an appropriate stretchability. Therefore, when the patch is applied to the skin, the patch follows the curved surface of the skin. While extending and contracting, it is easy to maintain the state of being pulled from the other end portion toward the extending portion. If the 20% tensile strength of the support is too small, the support is soft, so that the traction force on the loose skin part is weakened, and the effect of correcting the skin is reduced. Further, when the patch is peeled from the skin, the support expands and contracts more than necessary, so that it is difficult to peel off.
  • the support is highly resistant to stretching of the skin, so that the user feels uncomfortable on the skin and may cause skin irritation if applied for a long time.
  • the patch applied to the skin may be detached in a short time.
  • a test piece having a support cut to a width of 1 cm is prepared, the distance between chucks is set to 5 cm, and the test piece is pulled and deformed at a speed of 30 cm / min.
  • the stress when the test piece is stretched by 20% is measured.
  • the measured value at this time is defined as the 20% tensile strength of the support. Since the measured value may vary depending on the temperature depending on the material of the test piece, this measurement method is usually performed in a thermostatic chamber at 25 ° C.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer of the patch according to this embodiment is 5 to 100 ⁇ m, preferably 10 to 40 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 5 to 100 ⁇ m, the patch is difficult to peel off from the skin, and when the patch is peeled off, the skin is prevented from being damaged and the skin is not easily moistened. If the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is too thin, the adhesive force is insufficient and it is difficult to adjust to the unevenness of the skin, so that the patch may unintentionally peel off from the skin. If the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is too thick, the adhesive strength is too strong, and there is a risk of damaging the skin when peeling the patch from the skin.
  • the patch is conspicuous, and the patch is easily caught on clothes and peeled off. Furthermore, when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is too thick, depending on the material of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, the moisture permeability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is lowered, and the skin is steamed.
  • the patch (1q, 1r) according to Embodiment 6 shown in FIGS. 8 (a) and 8 (b) is the patch (1aL, 1aR, 1d, 1e, 1fL, 1fR, 1i, 1t) described above and Embodiment 5. It has the same shape and action effect as any one of the adhesive materials selected from the group consisting of the adhesive materials (not shown), and the same applies to the appropriate application method and body part suitable for application. Furthermore, it is also preferable that a release paper (14q, 14r) provided with a cut (17q, 17r) or a cut (24q, 24r) is provided. However, since the configurations of the support and the like are different, this different point will be described.
  • the patch (1q, 1r) includes a support (8q, 8r) and an adhesive layer (9q, 9r), and further has a base (1q, 4r) and another end (12q, 12r). 2q, 2r), a first extension part (3q, 3r), and a second extension part (not shown). Furthermore, you may comprise with a 3rd extension part (not shown).
  • the patch (1q, 1r) has a ten-point average roughness Rz of the other surface (10q, 10r) of the support (8q, 8r), 6 ⁇ m ⁇ Rz ⁇ 40 ⁇ m and Rz ⁇ w.
  • the adhesive material (1q, 1r) has an Rz on the other surface (10q, 10r), preferably 10 ⁇ m ⁇ Rz ⁇ 40 ⁇ m and Rz ⁇ w, where w is the thickness of the support (8q, 8r). More preferably, 17 ⁇ m ⁇ Rz ⁇ 35 ⁇ m and Rz ⁇ w.
  • the Rz of the other surface (10q, 10r) is measured in accordance with JIS B 0601: 2001 under the conditions of a reference length of 500 ⁇ m and a cut-off value of 200 ⁇ m using a surface roughness measuring instrument. This is the value obtained.
  • the support (8q, 8r) is provided with irregularities on the other surface (10q, 10r) so that the surface property is 6 ⁇ m ⁇ Rz ⁇ 40 ⁇ m. Since the depth of the irregularities satisfying 6 ⁇ m ⁇ Rz ⁇ 40 ⁇ m is close to the depth of the irregularities on the skin surface, the appearance of the other surface (10q, 10r) is similar to that of the skin. In addition, since the incident light from the other surface (10q, 10r) into the support (8q, 8r) is scattered due to the uneven shape, the other surface (10q, 10r) is not conspicuous because its shine is suppressed.
  • the depth of the irregularities satisfying 6 ⁇ m ⁇ Rz ⁇ 40 ⁇ m is such that when the foundation powder is applied after the concealer powder is applied to the other surface (10q, 10r), these multiple types of cosmetic powders Suitable for holding on the surface (10q, 10r).
  • the average particle diameter of the foundation or concealer is generally as wide as 0.1 to 60 ⁇ m, whereas the unevenness is the particle diameter when the other surface (10q, 10r) has an uneven depth of 6 ⁇ m ⁇ Rz ⁇ 40 ⁇ m. Since it is possible to hold a plurality of types of cosmetic powders, the makeup paste is good.
  • the depth of the unevenness is too small with respect to the average particle diameter of the foundation powder or the concealer powder. In many cases, it is hardly held at 10r). Even if these cosmetic powders are applied with a fingertip by stroking, the cosmetic powder slides off from the other surface (10q, 10r). If the Rz of the other surface (10q, 10r) exceeds 40 ⁇ m, the depth of the unevenness is too large with respect to the average particle diameter of these cosmetic powders, so the cosmetic is applied too thickly on the other surface (10q, 10r). It is difficult to wipe it off.
  • the other surface (10q, 10r) has an unevenness depth of 17 ⁇ m ⁇ Rz ⁇ 35 ⁇ m, the depth of the unevenness is similar to that of the skin. Cosmetics can be wiped off from the other side (10q, 10r).
  • Rz ⁇ w indicates that the depth of the unevenness formed on the other surface (10q, 10r) is equal to or less than the thickness w of the support (8q, 8r).
  • the foundation powder and the concealer powder are held by the unevenness formed on the other surface (10q, 10r).
  • the cosmetic to be applied is a paste-like cosmetic or a liquid cosmetic containing particles, it is easy to be held on the other surface (10q, 10r), and the applied cosmetic is applied.
  • the appearance of the material (1q, 1r) is preferable because it is easy to adjust to the surrounding skin.
  • the support 8q is made of a polyacrylate resin.
  • the patch 1q includes a carrier 15q provided with a hard film 28 and an adhesive layer 29 that covers one surface of the film 28.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 29 of the carrier 15q does not flow out because of its high cohesive force.
  • the adhesive layer 29 of the carrier 15q covers the other surface 10q. Since the adhesive layer 29 of the carrier 15q is as thin as 3 to 20 ⁇ m, the user can easily peel the carrier 15q from the other surface 10q.
  • the irregularities formed on the other surface 10q are protected by the carrier 15q until immediately before the patch 1q is pasted.
  • the support body 8r is comprised with the polyurethane.
  • the patch 1r includes a carrier 15r including a film 28. Since the polyurethane constituting the support 8r has weak adhesive strength, the carrier 15r may not be provided with an adhesive layer. Other configurations and operational effects of the patch 1r are the same as those of the patch 1q described above.
  • the patch (1q, 1r) is affixed to the skin such as the face
  • the other surface (10q, 10r) resembles the skin and is hardly noticeable.
  • the patch (1q, 1r) is applied to the other surface (10q, 10r) after being applied to the skin, it is almost indistinguishable from the skin.
  • the QOL of the user is hardly reduced. You can contribute to keeping the quality of life for those who go out during the day, especially women and patients.
  • the patch (30aL, 30aR) according to Embodiment 7 shown in FIG. 9 (a) holds the patch (1aL, 1aR) described above, and this patch (1aL, 1aR) is appropriately pasted on the face. It is a tool to make it easier to do.
  • the patch 30aL for affixing the patch 1aL to the left side of the face will be described. The description is the same for the patch 30aR having a mirror image symmetrical shape with respect to the shape of the patch 30aL.
  • the affixing tool 30aL includes a frame 35a, one end holding means 31a, a first extending part holding means 32a, and a second extending part holding means 33a.
  • the frame 35a has an annular shape surrounding the patch 1aL.
  • Two one end holding means 31a, one first extension part holding means 32a, and one second extension part holding means 33a are attached to different locations on the frame 35a.
  • Each of the two one end holding means 31a holds the two corner portions 18a of the one end 4a.
  • the first extension portion holding means 32a holds the first tip portion 5a of the first extension portion 3aL.
  • the second extending portion holding means 33a holds the second tip portion 22a of the second extending portion 6aL. Since the patch 1aL is held in the ring of the frame 35a by the one end holding means 31a, the first extension part holding means 32a, and the second extension part holding means 33a, the user of the sticking tool 30aL is stuck. It is easy to stick the material 1aL.
  • Examples of the material of the frame 35a include one or more selected from the group consisting of synthetic resin, ceramic, elastic steel wire, and the like.
  • Examples of the synthetic resin here include polyurethane and hard vinyl.
  • As each structure of the one end holding means 31a, the first extending part holding means 32a, and the second extending part holding means 33a for example, an adhesive tape, a clip, a synthetic resin support plate, and a metal support are used. Examples thereof include holding means selected from the group consisting of plates and the like.
  • the sticking tool 30aL is preferably provided with a gripping portion 36a so that the user can easily hold the sticking material 1aL.
  • the grip portion 36a is attached to a portion on the frame 35a where the one end portion 4a is held between the portions where the two end portion holding means 31a are attached.
  • the frame 35a and the gripping portion 36a may be manufactured as a single member by casting or using a three-dimensional printer, or may be manufactured separately for each member.
  • maintained at the sticking tool 30aL is provided with the release paper 14a provided with the cut
  • the base portion 2aL and the first extension portion 3aL are directed in a direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a. It is preferable that the second extending portion 6aL is pulled and held in a direction different from the direction in which the first extending portion 3aL is pulled.
  • the shape of the frame 35a surrounding the adhesive material 1aL so as to be in contact with each of the two corner portions 18a, the first tip portion 5a, and the second tip portion 22a of the adhesive material 1aL in the pulled state as described above.
  • each of the two end holding means 31a is attached to a place where the two corner portions 18a are in contact with each other, and the first extension part holding means 32a is provided at a place where the two ends are in contact with the first tip 5a.
  • the second extending portion holding means 33a is attached to a location that is attached and contacts the second tip portion 22a.
  • a patch 1sL held by the patch 30sL shown in FIG. 9B includes a support 8s and an adhesive layer 9s, and further includes a base 2s having one end 4s and the other end 12s, and a first extension. A portion 3s and a second extending portion (not shown) are provided. Further, the patch 1sL has the same shape as the patch 1aL described above, and similarly to the patch 1r shown in FIG. 8B, the release paper 14s covering the skin contact surface 13s and the other surface 10s. A carrier 15s for covering The release paper 14s is provided with a cut 17s.
  • Each of the one end holding means 31s and the first extension holding means 32s of the sticking tool 30sL is an adhesive tape.
  • one end holding means 31 s is attached to the frame 35 s with a part thereof and the other part is attached to the portion 37 covering the one end 4 s of the carrier 15 s, the one end 4 s is attached. keeping.
  • the first extending portion holding means 32 s is attached to the frame 35 s with a part thereof, and the other portion is attached to the first tip covering portion 26, and therefore holds the first tip portion 5 s. is doing.
  • the second extending portion holding means (not shown) is partly attached to the frame 35s and the other part is attached to the second tip portion covering portion (not shown). 2 The tip (not shown) is held.
  • the base 2s and the first extension 3s are pulled in the direction from the one end 4s toward the first tip 5s, and the first extension 3s is pulled in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension 3s is pulled. 2
  • the tip (not shown) is held in a pulled state.
  • the sticking method of the sticking material 1sL using the sticking tool 30sL will be described.
  • the release paper 14s of the patch 1sL is divided into a base covering portion 25s, a first tip covering portion 26s, and a second tip covering portion (not shown) by a cut 17s.
  • a even if it peels the base coating
  • the person who sticks the patch 1sL has the grip part 36s of the patch 30sL, and the one end 4s of the patch 1sL is placed on at least a part of the loose skin portion 41 as shown in FIG. Affix it. That is, in this case, the one end 4s is affixed to at least a part of the skin portion 61 at the upper cheek.
  • the carrier 15s is peeled from the patch 1sL, and at the same time, the one end holding means 31s is peeled from the frame 35s. The carrier 15s and the one end holding means 31s are removed.
  • the person applying the patch 1sL holds the grip portion 36s and directs the other end 12s and the root 23s of the patch 1sL from the skin portion 61 in the upper cheek to the skin portion 62 in front of the ear. Press.
  • the first tip 5s is held by the first extending portion holding means 32s by the sticking tool 1sL
  • the second tip 22s is held by the second extending portion holding means 33s.
  • the base 2s and the first extending portion 3s are attached to the loosened skin portion 41 in a state where the base 2s and the first extending portion 3s are pulled in the direction from the one end 4s toward the first tip 5s only by pressing.
  • the base portion 2s, the other end portion 12s, and the root portion 23s are attached to the loose skin portion 41 in a state of being pulled from the midline of the face to the fixed skin portion 42 that is on the outer upper side.
  • the first tip portion covering portion 26s is peeled off, the first tip portion 5s is picked with a fingertip, and the skin portion 62 in front of the ears. It is affixed to at least a part of the lower part of the skin portion 62 while being pulled toward.
  • the second tip portion covering portion 27s is peeled off.
  • the frame 35s can be removed from the face.
  • the base 2s and the first extension 3s are attached to at least a part of the upper part of the skin portion 62 in front of the ear while pulling the second tip 22s in a direction different from the direction in which the base 2s and the first extension 3s are attached.
  • the base portion 2s and the first extending portion 3s are moved from the one end portion 4s to the first tip portion.
  • the second tip 22s is held in a state in which the second tip 22s is pulled in a direction different from the direction in which the base 2s and the first extension 3s are pulled.
  • the adhesive material 1sL can be appropriately applied by a simple operation of pressing the adhesive material 1sL together with the adhesive tool 30sL from the loosened skin portion 41 to the fixed skin portion 42. For this reason, when the patch 1sL is pasted using the patch 30sL, the patch 1sL having a large area of the base 2s can be easily pasted.
  • the sticking tool according to the present invention has the patch material according to Embodiments 2 to 7 described above (see FIG. 11). It may be a sticking tool (30d, 30e, 30fL, 30fR, 30i, 30t, not shown) for holding and sticking 1d, 1e, 1fL, 1fR, 1i, 1t (not shown).
  • stickers also have a frame (35d, 35e, 35fL, 35fR, 35i, 35t, not shown) in an annular shape surrounding the sticking material, and the frame has two one end holding means (31d, 31e, 31fL, 31fR, 31i, 31t (not shown), first extending portion holding means (32d, 32e, 32fL, 32fR, 32i, 32t, not shown), and second extending portion holding means (33d, 33e, 33fL, 33fR, 33i, 33t (not shown) are attached. Furthermore, the 3rd extension part holding means (34fL, 34fR, 34i) is attached to the sticking tool (30fL, 30fR, 30i).
  • the adhesive material held in the present adhesive tool is a release paper (14d, 14e, 14fL, 14fR, 14i, 14t, 14t, 14fL, 17fR, 17fR, 17i, 17t, not shown) provided with a cut (17d, 17e, 17fL, 17fR, 17i, 17t) It is preferable to provide a carrier (not shown) and a carrier (not shown).
  • Each of the release papers in this case is divided into a base covering portion, a first tip portion covering portion, and a second tip portion covering portion.
  • the release paper of the adhesive material (1fL, 1fR, 1i) in this case the third tip portion covering portion is divided.
  • the base holding means with which this sticking tool is equipped may be one, and may be three or more.
  • the patch according to the present invention has the same configuration and operational effects as those of the patches (1aL, 1aR, 1d, 1e, 1fL, 1fR, 1i, 1t, 1sL, not shown) according to the first to seventh embodiments.
  • the moisture permeability of the patch is preferably 500 to 10,000 g / (m 2 ⁇ day). Since water vapor of about 300 g / (m 2 ⁇ day) is generated from the skin on a daily basis, if it is less than 400 g / (m 2 ⁇ day), the skin is steamed and normal bacteria on the skin proliferate, causing inflammation in the skin. May happen. If it exceeds 10,000 g / (m 2 ⁇ day), when water, sweat, or alcohol is absorbed by the patch, the patch swells and tends to exfoliate and become conspicuous. Further, if it exceeds 10,000 g / (m 2 ⁇ day), the wound is dried when the patch 1aL is applied to the wound surface, so that the wet therapy cannot be performed with the patch.
  • the moisture permeability of the patch is preferably 800 to 4,000 g / (m 2 ⁇ day), more preferably 1,000 to 3,500 g / (m 2 ⁇ day).
  • it is 800 to 4,000 g / (m 2 ⁇ day)
  • the skin is less likely to be stuffy and the patch is less likely to swell, and when the patch 1aL is applied to the wound, a moist environment is formed to quickly cure the wound. it can.
  • the extending direction of the first extending portion and the extending direction of the second extending portion may be opened by 10 to 90 °, or opened by 20 to 60 °. Preferably it is.
  • the extension directions of the two most distant extension portions out of the three extension portions may be 10 to 180 ° apart from each other, and 30 to 120 ° each other. It is preferably open.
  • the patch according to the present invention is configured to include four or more extending portions extending in different directions from the other end portion, and the most distant 2 of the four or more extending portions. The extending directions of the two extending portions may be open within a range of 20 to 180 °.
  • the extension portion that is the first extension portion is the second extension portion, and the extension portion that is the first extension portion is the second extension It may be handled as a part.
  • the extension portion that is the first extension portion is the third extension portion, and the extension portion that is the third extension portion is handled as the first extension portion. Also good.
  • the first extension part 3i, the second extension part 6i, and the third extension part 7i of the patch 1i according to Embodiment 3 are shown in FIGS. 6 (a) and 6 (b).
  • the shape may extend longer than that.
  • the base portion is a skin portion 74 between at least a part of the nasal dorsal skin portion 76 and the eyebrows.
  • Each of the three extending portions vertically cuts the forehead skin portion 75 in a different direction from the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows, a first tip portion, a second tip portion, And each of 3rd front-end
  • tip parts is affixed on at least one part of the skin part 52 in the hairline of the frontal head.
  • the skin portion 74 between the base and the eyebrows extends from the skin portion 76 of the back of the nose to the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows, and branches in three directions to vertically cut the forehead skin portion 75 in each direction. It is held in a state of being pulled so as to be directed to different portions of the skin portion 52 at the hairline of the hair.
  • one end of the patch is affixed to at least part of the nasal dorsal skin portion 76 (fixed skin portion 42), and the first tip portion, the second tip portion, and the third tip portion are in front. Since it is affixed to at least a part of the hairline 52 (fixed skin part 42) of the hairline of the head, the skin part 74 between the eyebrows between the two fixed skin parts 42 is upward from below The state of being pulled to is maintained more stably.
  • a loose skin part other than the face in humans there are a skin part at the lower part of the lower jaw margin of the neck, a skin part of the wrist, a skin part of the chest (breast), and a skin part of the buttocks.
  • the fixed skin parts close to these loose skin parts are, in turn, the hair part of the neck part of the back of the neck (nape), the skin part of the wrist joint at the distal forearm, and the upper sternal edge.
  • the skin part of the clavicular part and the skin part of the iliac margin are the skin part at the lower part of the lower jaw margin of the neck, a skin part of the wrist, a skin part of the chest (breast), and a skin part of the buttocks.
  • the fixed skin parts close to these loose skin parts are, in turn, the hair part of the neck part of the back of the neck (nape), the skin part of the wrist joint at the distal forearm, and the upper sternal edge.
  • the base is affixed to at least a part of the skin part of the lower part of the lower jaw margin of the neck and is pulled in one direction from one end toward a plurality of extensions. If it is attached to at least a part of the upper part of the neck rear side, the excess skin of the lower jaw edge can be raised. For this reason, the face line can be improved by making the lower jaw edge look sharp and correcting so that the excess skin on the front surface of the neck is reduced.
  • the shape of the patch is prepared according to the positional relationship between the loose skin part and the fixed skin part other than the human face, Wrinkles and loosening of the skin can be corrected with a patch even at sites other than the human face.
  • skin wrinkles and slack can be corrected using a patch whose shape is appropriately adjusted for mammals.
  • the support in this patch is, for example, in which fine particles and pigments are dispersed in a film composed of one or more resin compositions selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, polyisobutylene, polybutene, and polyvinyl acetate. It may be.
  • the fine particles and pigment in this case include one or more selected from the group consisting of silica, talc, dial, mica, kaolin, mica powder, pearl pigment, barium salt, and the like.
  • the support in which the pigment is dispersed is lightly colored.
  • the support in which the fine particles are dispersed has a light dispersion function. In this case, since the appearance of the support is similar to that of the skin, the present patch has a more inconspicuous appearance.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably a gel-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is composed of a rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that can be used in a medical patch, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains 15 to 55% by weight of hydrocolloid particles. It is preferable that The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in these cases can absorb the leachate.
  • the adhesive layer is comprised by the hydrocolloid adhesive composition mentioned above, in order to absorb a leaching solution, the thickness of an adhesive layer may be larger than 40 micrometers.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may contain an effective component for maintaining skin health.
  • suitable component include one or more selected from the group consisting of vitamin C and its derivatives, vitamin A, vitamin E, melanin production inhibitors such as arbutin, hydroquinone, hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, and ceramide. Is mentioned.
  • the adhesive layer may contain the chemical
  • Such agents include, for example, isopropylmethylphenol, silver, silver inclusions, chlorhexidine, benzalkonium hydrochloride, glycyrrhizin and its salts, ferbinac, indomethacin, diclofenac, flurbiprofen, methyl salicylate, ibuprofen piconal, and One or more selected from the group consisting of corticosteroids and the like can be mentioned.
  • a patient who has undergone at least one kind of surgery or treatment selected from the group consisting of plastic surgery, regenerative medicine, cosmetic surgery and cosmetic surgery has a desired shape for the loose skin part that has undergone this surgery or treatment.
  • this patch is used to hold the patch, the period required for correction can be greatly shortened compared to the case where the conventional patch is stuck and held.
  • Plastic surgery that is effective when this patch is applied after the treatment includes nerve transplantation, muscle transplantation, skin grafting, fat transplantation, and the like.
  • Examples of regenerative medicine include stem cell transplantation and cell therapy.
  • Examples of the cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery include cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery using a nerve palsy such as botulinum toxin, a filler such as hyaluronic acid, laser therapy, a growth factor, and the like.
  • Examples of cells transplanted by stem cell transplantation or cell therapy include, for example, cells collected from the human body, stem cells collected from the human body, stem cells prepared by gene transfer (iPS cells, etc.), cultured cells, and cultures. And one or more cells selected from the group consisting of stem cells and the like.
  • the method for producing a patch according to the present invention includes a step of obtaining a support, a step of obtaining a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a step of laminating the support and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and a step of cutting out the laminate.
  • a method for manufacturing the patch according to the first to fifth and seventh embodiments will be described.
  • the support C was a film obtained by casting a resin solution on the surface of a casting peelable substrate and drying it, and peeling the dried product from the substrate.
  • the monomers that are the raw materials for the pressure-sensitive adhesive are mixed and dissolved in ethyl acetate, and a polymerization initiator is added and copolymerized.
  • the solution for casting is prepared by adding a crosslinking agent.
  • the solution for casting is prepared using the commercially available silicone adhesive which is the system etc. which mix a predetermined two types of solution.
  • the polymer that is the raw material of the adhesive is mixed and dissolved in toluene, and a softening agent, tackifier, and antioxidant are added to prepare a casting solution.
  • a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive is used as the material for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a predetermined two types of solutions are mixed immediately before casting to prepare a casting solution.
  • the casting solution described above is cast on a release paper, and the cast is dried or heated to be adhesive. The agent layer D was obtained.
  • one surface of the support C is placed on and bonded to the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer D that is not covered with the release paper, and a laminate of the support C, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer D, and the release paper.
  • the laminate is cut into a predetermined shape from the other surface side of the support C.
  • the patch according to any of Embodiments 1 to 5 and 7 can be obtained depending on the shape at the time of cutting.
  • a method for manufacturing a patch according to Embodiment 6 will be described.
  • the resin solution is cast on the surface of the peelable substrate for casting having an inverted pattern on the surface and dried, and the dried film is peeled from the substrate to obtain the support E did.
  • the reverse pattern on the surface of the peelable substrate for casting is transferred to form irregularities.
  • a carrier is laminated on the other surface (transfer surface) of the support E to obtain a laminate of the support E and the carrier.
  • a laminate of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer D and the release paper is obtained in the same manner as the method for manufacturing the patch according to Embodiments 1 to 5 and 7 described above.
  • One surface of the support E (the surface that is not the transfer surface) is placed on and bonded to the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer D that is not covered with the release paper, and the release paper, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer D, the support E, The laminated body laminated
  • this laminate is cut out in a predetermined shape from the carrier side, the patch according to Embodiment 6 can be obtained.
  • the method for producing this patch comprises mixing 15 to 55% by weight of hydrocolloid particles, 20 to 50% by weight of a softening agent, and a tackifier. Further, mixing while heating to 130 to 150 ° C. Thereafter, a water-absorbing component is further added and mixed uniformly, and then applied onto release paper to form an adhesive layer on the release paper. Then, in the same manner as in the method for manufacturing a patch according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, a patch having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of a hydrocolloid pressure-sensitive adhesive can be obtained.
  • a block polymer 1 or more types chosen from the group which consists of a styrene isoprene styrene block copolymer, a styrene butadiene styrene block copolymer, etc. are mentioned, for example.
  • polyisobutylene or polybutene may be used.
  • the softening agent include one or more selected from the group consisting of mineral oil (liquid paraffin) and polybutene.
  • the tackifier include one or more selected from the group consisting of ester gum, rosin acid ester, and hydrogenated rosin.
  • water-absorbing component examples include one or more selected from the group consisting of carboxymethylcellulose, pectin, gelatin, synthetic polymers, and the like.
  • synthetic polymer examples include a copolymer of acrylic acid and an acrylate ester and a salt thereof, a partially saponified product of vinyl acetate polymer, a copolymer of vinyl acetate and vinyl pyrrolidone, and polyethylene glycol. 1 type or more chosen from the group is mentioned.
  • Example 1 Two V-shaped patch materials according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 7A were prepared. These patch materials had a substantially rectangular shape with a base portion of 15 mm long ⁇ 35 mm wide, and the extending direction of the first extending portion and the extending direction of the second extending portion were opened by 50 °. At the right and left sides of the face of a 38-year-old woman, while pulling the base and the first extension in the direction from the one end toward the first tip, the base is affixed to the skin part of the lower eyelid, and the first tip is Attached to the lower part of the skin of the temple.
  • the second tip portion was attached to the upper part of the skin portion of the temple while pulling the base portion and the second extension portion in the direction toward the upper outside of the face with respect to the skin portion of the lower eyelid. After sticking, the external eye angle was raised. At the same time, the face line (the shape of the lower jaw edge) was raised slightly.
  • Example 2 Two U-shaped patch materials having a horizontally long base portion according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 7C were prepared. These patch materials had a substantially rectangular shape with a base portion of 40 mm long and 53 mm wide, and the extending direction of the first extending portion and the extending direction of the second extending portion were opened by 40 °. While pulling the base and the first extension in the direction from one end to the first tip on the right and left sides of the face of a 66-year-old woman, the base is affixed to the skin portion of the upper cheek, and the first tip is Affixed to the lower part of the skin part in front of the ear.
  • the second tip was attached to the upper part of the skin part in front of the ear while pulling the base part and the second extension part in the direction toward the upper outside of the face with respect to the skin part of the upper cheek. After sticking, the cheek was raised and the fray line became shallow.
  • Example 3 Two sheets of the same size and shape as the patch used in Embodiment 2 were prepared. While pulling the base part and the first extension part in the direction from one end part to the first tip part on the right and left sides of the face of a 67-year-old woman, the base part is affixed to the skin part of the lower cheek, and the first tip part is attached It was affixed to the lower part of the skin part at the front of the earlobe. Next, the second tip was attached to the upper part of the skin part at the front of the earlobe while pulling the base part and the second extension part in the direction toward the upper outside of the face with respect to the skin part at the lower cheek. After application, the skin area under the cheeks was raised significantly, the face line was clearly improved, and the marionette line became shallow.
  • Example 4 Two U-shaped stickers holding a V-shaped patch according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 11 (c) are prepared, and a U-shaped body having a horizontally long base according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 11 (e). Four sticking tools holding a sticky patch were prepared. These V-shaped patch materials have the same size and shape as the patch material used in Example 1, and the U-shaped patch material having a horizontally long base is the same as the patch material used in Examples 2 and 3. It was the same size and shape.
  • a V-shaped patch according to the fourth embodiment is applied to each of the right and left sides of the face of a 67-year-old woman one by one as in the first embodiment.
  • a U-shaped adhesive material having a base portion is attached one by one, and a U-shaped adhesive material having a horizontally long base portion according to Embodiment 4 is applied one by one in the same manner as in Example 3.
  • a piece of patch was attached. After sticking, the lower eyelid bulge (eye pouch) becomes smaller and the external eye angle rises, the cheeks rise and the fringe line becomes shallower, the face line is greatly improved, and the marionette line is Almost disappeared.
  • the first extension part and the second extension part are excised from a U-shaped patch having a horizontally long base part according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. Two patch materials were prepared.
  • the base of the adhesive material according to Comparative Example 1 was shaped like a 40 mm long ⁇ 53 mm wide square, and had a corner portion with curved sides and rounded corners.
  • Example 5 As Example 5, one U-shaped patch having a horizontally long base according to Embodiment 4 was pasted on the left side of the face of a 43-year-old woman in the same manner as Example 3. After applying, the face line was raised on the left side of the face, and the marionette line became shallow.
  • Comparative Example 2 while pulling the adhesive material according to Comparative Example 1 in a single direction from one end to the other end on the right side of the face, one end is applied to the skin portion of the lower cheek, While pulling, the other end was pasted on the skin part of the lower cheek located on the outside of the skin part pasted with one end. After applying, the face line slightly raised on the right side of the face, but the marionette line did not become shallow. Moreover, the sticking material which concerns on the comparative example 2 after sticking produced the fine wrinkle and became conspicuous.
  • Example 6 As Example 6, one U-shaped patch having a horizontally long base according to Embodiment 4 was pasted on the left side of the face of a 64-year-old woman as in Example 3. After applying, the face line was raised on the left side of the face, and the marionette line became shallow.
  • Comparative Example 3 on the right side of the face, while pulling the adhesive material according to Comparative Example 1 in a single direction from one end part to the other end part, one end part was applied to the skin part under the cheek, While pulling, the other end was pasted on the skin part of the lower cheek located on the outside of the skin part pasted with one end. After application, on the right side of the face, no elevation of the face line was observed, and the marionette line was hardly shallow. Moreover, the sticking material which concerns on the comparative example 3 after sticking produced the fine wrinkle and became conspicuous.
  • Example 7 A polyether-based urethane film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m and an Rz of the other surface of 6 ⁇ m was prepared as a support.
  • a thin polyethylene film was prepared as a carrier, and the other side of the support was covered with the carrier.
  • a half cut for cutting only the release paper was added to the laminate of the release paper and the adhesive layer.
  • one surface of the support was bonded to the upper surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to obtain a laminate in which the release paper, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the support, and the carrier were stacked in this order.
  • This laminate was cut out in the shape of a U-shaped patch having a horizontally long base portion according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 7C to obtain a patch according to Example 7.
  • the patch according to Example 7 had a substantially rectangular shape with a base portion of 40 mm long and 53 mm wide, and the extending direction of the first extending portion and the extending direction of the second extending portion were opened by 40 °.
  • Example 8 Although it is the same structure as the adhesive material which concerns on Example 7, it differs in the point that the thickness of the polyether-type urethane film which comprises a support body is 15 micrometers, and Rz of the other surface is 6 micrometers, The adhesive film which concerns on Example 8 The material was obtained.
  • Example 9 A mixed solution of 100 parts by weight of a polyether polyurethane resin solution having a solid content of 30%, 7 parts by weight of fine particles mixed with silica, talc, and petrol, 0.2 parts by weight of TWEEN 60 (emulsifier), and 0.05 parts by weight of silicone oil.
  • the film was cast on a process paper having irregularities.
  • the cast product was dried and peeled from the process paper surface to obtain a polyether urethane film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m and an Rz of 15 ⁇ m on the other surface.
  • a patch according to Example 9 having the same structure as the patch according to Example 7 was obtained except that this polyether urethane film was used as a support.
  • Example 10 As a support, the support obtained in Example 9 was prepared. 100 parts by weight of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / acrylic acid copolymer solution (solid content 40%) with an average molecular weight of 500,000, 1.5 parts by weight of a cross-linking agent, 20 parts by weight of sorbitol oleate, and trace amounts of vitamin C and collagen was applied on release paper to a thickness of 15 ⁇ m, and after drying, the crosslinking reaction was allowed to proceed at 40 ° C. for 72 hours. About the other conditions, the patch according to Example 10 having the same configuration as the patch according to Example 7 was obtained.
  • Example 11 A support having the same structure as the support obtained in Example 9 was obtained except that the thickness was 25 ⁇ m and Rz was 18 ⁇ m. 100 parts by weight of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / hydroxyethyl acrylate / vinyl acetate copolymer solution (solid content 40%) having an average molecular weight of 500,000, 1.0 part by weight of an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, 10 parts by weight of sorbitol oleate, A mixed solution of 0.1 part by weight of hyaluronic acid and 0.1 part by weight of potassium glycyrrhizinate is applied on the release paper so as to have a thickness of 15 ⁇ m and dried, and the crosslinking reaction proceeds at 40 ° C. for 72 hours. I let you. About the other conditions, the adhesive material which concerns on Example 11 which is the structure similar to the adhesive material which concerns on Example 7 was obtained.
  • the patch according to Comparative Example 4 includes a base portion but does not include an extension portion.
  • the base part of the patch according to Comparative Example 4 has a dimension of 15 mm in length ⁇ 35 mm in width, and has a corner portion provided with a curved side and a rounded shape.
  • a polyether urethane resin solution is cast on a process paper surface having a surface Rz of 0.2 ⁇ m to obtain a urethane film having a thickness of 3 ⁇ m and an Rz of 0.2 ⁇ m on the other surface. It was.
  • a mixed solution containing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / acrylic acid copolymer was applied on a carrier to a thickness of 5 ⁇ m and dried.
  • the adhesive material which concerns on the comparative example 5 which is the same structure as the adhesive material which concerns on the comparative example 4 was obtained.
  • the patch according to Comparative Example 6 Compared with the patch according to Example 10, only the shape of the patch according to Comparative Example 6 was obtained.
  • the patch according to Comparative Example 6 has a base but a shape that does not include an extension.
  • the base of the adhesive material according to Comparative Example 6 has a shape like a quadrangle of 15 mm in length and 35 mm in width, and has a corner portion provided with a curved side and a rounded shape.
  • a questionnaire was conducted to determine whether the seven women who applied the patch materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 4 to 6 felt discomfort on the skin after application. Based on the results of the questionnaire, the following criteria were used to evaluate whether the patch was uncomfortable. ⁇ All 7 people felt the same as when nothing was affixed. ⁇ More than 4 out of 7 felt the same as when nothing was affixed. ⁇ More than 4 out of 7 felt that something was stuck on the upper cheek. ⁇ 4 or more of 7 people felt stress because they were affixed to the upper cheek.
  • a commercially available foundation was prepared, and the median diameter of the foundation powder was measured by a particle size analysis / laser analysis method in accordance with JIS Z 8825-1: 2001, and found to be 6 ⁇ m.
  • seven women who applied the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 4 to 6 to the upper cheeks included the above-mentioned foundation on the other surface of the adhesive support. Apply to make up.
  • a questionnaire was given about the paste on the makeup, and the ease with which it was applied was evaluated according to the following criteria. ⁇ All seven felt that the skin and makeup paste did not change. ⁇ More than 4 out of 7 felt that the skin and makeup paste did not change. ⁇ More than 4 out of 7 people felt uncomfortable with makeup paste compared to bare skin. ⁇ More than 4 out of 7 people felt that the makeup paste was clearly worse than the bare skin.
  • Table 1 shows the results of the tests on the patch materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 4 and 5, such as the effects of correcting the skin, difficulty in feeling uncomfortableness, difficulty in conspicuousness, ease of applying makeup, and long-term adhesiveness. Shown in
  • the patch materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 5 and 6 have a thickness of the support of 3 to 20 ⁇ m, or Rz of the other surface of the support is 6 ⁇ m or more, so 20% The tensile strength is 0.1 to 3 N / cm. For this reason, the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 5 and 6 exhibit the flexibility to expand and contract following the curved surface of the skin while pulling the skin part of the upper cheek, so that the user can It seems that it became difficult to memorize a sense of incongruity.
  • the adhesive materials according to Examples 9 to 11 and Comparative Example 6 have Rz of 15 to 18 ⁇ m on the other surface, and the support contains fine particles. For this reason, it is considered that the unevenness formed on the other surface and the fine particles contained in the support scattered the incident light on the patch, and the shine on the other surface was suppressed, making it less noticeable. Further, the support is translucent, the appearance is similar to the skin surface due to the irregularities formed on the other surface, and the fine particles are close to the color of the skin.
  • the patch materials according to Comparative Examples 4 and 5 had Rz of 0.2 ⁇ m on the other surface and almost no irregularities were formed, the shine caused on the other surface was conspicuous.
  • the thickness of the support of the patch according to Comparative Example 4 was as thick as 55 ⁇ m, the level difference between the support and the skin was conspicuous.
  • the adhesive materials according to Examples 10 and 11 and Comparative Example 6 were formed on the other surface because Rz of the other surface of the support was 15 to 18 ⁇ m. It is considered that the powder is efficiently held on the unevenness and that the paste is good. Since the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 and 8 have Rz of 6 ⁇ m on the other surface, the size of Rz on the other surface is the same as the median diameter of the foundation powder. In addition, 5 out of 7 people felt uncomfortable when the makeup paste was a little worse than the bare skin. In the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 and 8, the powder having a diameter less than the median diameter was held on the other surface, but most of the powder having a diameter larger than Rz on the other surface slipped off from the other surface. It is thought.
  • the adhesive materials according to Example 7 and Comparative Example 5 have a thin support of 3 to 10 ⁇ m and are easy to follow the curved surface and movement of the skin. it is conceivable that.
  • the thickness of the support is 25 ⁇ m and is slightly thick, but the Rz of the other surface is as large as 18 ⁇ m, and the moisture permeability of the support is as high as 2,400 g / (m 2 ⁇ day).
  • hyaluronic acid is contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer as a moisturizing agent and potassium glycyrrhizinate is added as an anti-inflammatory agent, it is considered that the skin surface is hard to be stuffy and has a long-term sticking property.
  • the adhesive materials according to Examples 8 to 10 and Comparative Example 6 have a support thickness of 20 to 25 ⁇ m, which is slightly thick, but the other surface has Rz of 6 to 18 ⁇ m. It is considered that the skin surface is kept dry and the long-term sticking property is good.
  • the patch according to Comparative Example 4 was four out of seven, and the patch was peeled off. Since the support is as thick as 55 ⁇ m and the Rz on the other surface is as small as 0.2 ⁇ m, it is considered that the moisture permeability of the support is low and the skin surface is steamed and the long-term stickability is poor. Furthermore, since the support is as thick as 55 ⁇ m, the tensile strength of the support is strong, the support cannot follow the movement of the skin, and long-term stickability is considered to be poor.
  • the adhesive which concerns on Example 10 contained collagen and vitamin C in the adhesive layer
  • the long-term sticking property was good.
  • the adhesive layer which concerns on Example 11 contains the anti-inflammatory drugs potassium glycyrrhizinate and hyaluronic acid in the adhesive layer
  • the long-term sticking property is good and exhibits the anti-inflammatory effect and the moisture retention effect of the skin. It is considered possible.
  • the sticking material according to the present invention can be applied to a loose skin part to efficiently correct wrinkled or loose skin.
  • this patch is affixed to the elderly person's face, the loose skin is raised, making the elderly person a young and natural face.
  • the sticking method of this patch is a method of sticking this patch appropriately on the skin, and the patch stuck by this method exhibits an excellent effect of correcting the skin.
  • the patch of the present patch allows the patch to be appropriately and quickly applied to the skin even when the size of the patch is large.

Landscapes

  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Birds (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Orthopedics, Nursing, And Contraception (AREA)
  • Cosmetics (AREA)
  • Media Introduction/Drainage Providing Device (AREA)

Abstract

[Problem] Provided is a patch material having a large effect for correcting skin in which wrinkles and loosening has occurred, and which does not produce unnatural recessions in the skin. Furthermore, a patch applicator is provided with which the patch material can be appropriately applied to the skin. [Solution] A patch material (1) provided with an elastic film-form support body (8a) and an adhesive layer (9a) provided on one surface of the support body, wherein the patch material is characterized in being provided at least with a base (2) having one end part and another end part, a first extension section (3) extending from the other end part, and a second extension section (6) extending from the other end part in a different direction from the direction in which the first extension section extends; when the patch material is applied, the base is applied to at least a part of a loosened skin portion (41), and is pulled from the one end part toward the first extension section, and from the one end part toward the second extension section, which is in a different direction from the direction facing toward the first extension section. The loosened skin portion is pulled in multiple directions, the looseness in a wide range is corrected, and wrinkles are flattened. Pulling force is not concentrated in one location, thereby avoiding recessions of the skin.

Description

貼付材、及びその貼付具Patch material and its patch
 本発明は、貼付材、及びその貼付具に関する。 The present invention relates to a patch and its patch.
 皮膚が老化すると、皮膚にシワ、弛みが生じる。女性にとっては、皮膚にシワ、弛みが生じると、QOL(Quality of life)の著しい低下を招いてしまう場合がある。いつまでも若々しくハリのある皮膚を保ちたいという願望に応え、QOLを高く保つために、効率よく皮膚の弛みやシワを矯正する手段が求められている。 ¡When the skin ages, wrinkles and looseness occur in the skin. For women, wrinkles and slack in the skin may cause a significant decrease in quality of life (QOL). In response to the desire to keep youthful and firm skin forever, in order to keep the QOL high, there is a need for means to efficiently correct skin slack and wrinkles.
 例えば、特許文献1では、耳下の顎の皮膚部分に支持体の一端部を貼付し、支持体の他端部を耳の後ろ側の皮膚部分に貼付する貼付材が開示されている。この貼付材を貼付すると、顔面下部の皮膚が上方に牽引されて、顔面下部で弛んだ皮膚が矯正されて、シワを平坦化させることができる。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses an adhesive material in which one end of a support is affixed to the skin portion of the lower jaw and the other end of the support is affixed to the skin portion behind the ear. When this patch is affixed, the skin on the lower face is pulled upward, the skin loosened on the lower face is corrected, and wrinkles can be flattened.
特開2002-241222号公報JP 2002-241222 A
 しかし、従来の貼付材では、弛んだ皮膚を矯正する効果が小さく、深いほうれい線やマリオネットラインを充分に平坦化させることは難しい。また、従来の貼付材が貼付された皮膚には、不自然な陥凹が生じてしまう場合が多い。 However, the conventional patch has a small effect of correcting the loose skin, and it is difficult to sufficiently flatten deep constriction lines and marionette lines. Moreover, an unnatural depression often occurs on the skin to which the conventional patch is stuck.
 そこで、本発明の課題は、シワ、弛みを生じた皮膚を矯正する効果が大きく、皮膚に不自然な陥凹が生じにくい貼付材を提供することにある。さらに、本発明の課題は、前述の貼付材を皮膚に適切に貼付することができる貼付具を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a patch material that has a large effect of correcting wrinkled and loosened skin and is unlikely to cause unnatural depressions in the skin. Furthermore, the subject of this invention is providing the sticking tool which can stick the above-mentioned sticking material to skin appropriately.
 本発明者は、従来の貼付材を貼付する場合の問題点を検討した。弛んだ皮膚は、表皮が扁平化し、真皮層が弾力性を失い菲薄化し、結果的に全方向に面積が拡大した状態になっている。このため、従来の貼付材を貼付して弛んだ皮膚を単一方向に牽引したのでは、弛んだ皮膚を広範囲にわたって矯正することができないと考えられる。また、従来の貼付材では、貼付する際、一度に適切な単一方向に適切な強さで貼付材を牽引しながら貼付する高度な技術が求められる。貼付材の扱いに熟練していない者が貼付すると、皮膚の一部が局所的に強く牽引されて不自然に陥凹すると考えられる。 The present inventor has examined problems in pasting a conventional patch. In the loose skin, the epidermis becomes flat, the dermis layer loses elasticity and thins, and as a result, the area expands in all directions. For this reason, it is considered that the loose skin cannot be corrected over a wide range if the conventional skin patch is applied and the loose skin is pulled in a single direction. In addition, the conventional adhesive material requires an advanced technique for applying the adhesive material while pulling the adhesive material in an appropriate single direction at an appropriate strength at the time of application. If a person who is not skilled in handling the patch is affixed, it is considered that a part of the skin is strongly pulled locally, resulting in an unnatural depression.
 上記の考えに基づいて、本発明者は、弛んだ皮膚部分を一方向に牽引している状態で保持するように貼付材の一部分を貼付し、次に、弛んだ皮膚部分を別方向にも牽引している状態で保持するように貼付材の他部分を貼付可能な貼付材を開発した。その結果、従来の貼付材と比べて、シワ、弛みを生じた皮膚を矯正する効果が格段に優れ、皮膚に不自然な陥凹が生じないように貼付しやすい貼付材を提供できることを見出した。 Based on the above idea, the present inventor applied a part of the patch so as to hold the loose skin part in a state of being pulled in one direction, and then put the loose skin part in another direction. We have developed a patch that can be applied to other parts of the patch to hold it in a towed state. As a result, it was found that the effect of correcting wrinkled and loosened skin was markedly superior to conventional adhesives, and that it was possible to provide an adhesive that was easy to apply so as not to cause unnatural depressions in the skin. .
 すなわち、前述の課題を達成するため、本発明に係る貼付材は、弾性を有するフィルム状の支持体、及び前記支持体の一面に設けられた粘着剤層を備えた貼付材であって、前記貼付材は、一端部及び他端部を有する基部と、前記他端部から延出している第1延出部と、前記第1延出部が延出している方向とは別方向へ前記他端部から延出している第2延出部と、を少なくとも備えて構成し、前記貼付材が貼付されたときに前記基部が、弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、前記一端部から前記第1延出部へ向けて牽引されており、かつ、当該一端部から当該第1延出部へ向かう方向とは別方向にある前記第2延出部へ向けて牽引されていることを特徴とする。 That is, in order to achieve the above-mentioned problem, a patch according to the present invention is a patch having an elastic film-like support and an adhesive layer provided on one surface of the support, The patch material includes a base portion having one end portion and the other end portion, a first extension portion extending from the other end portion, and a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion extends. A second extension part extending from the end part, and the base part is attached to at least a part of the loose skin part when the adhesive material is applied, and the one end Is pulled toward the first extension part, and is pulled toward the second extension part in a direction different from the direction from the one end part toward the first extension part. It is characterized by that.
 あるいは、本貼付材は、弾性を有するフィルム状の支持体、及び前記支持体の一面に設けられた粘着剤層を備えた貼付材であって、前記貼付材は、一端部及び他端部を有する基部と、前記他端部から延出している第1延出部と、前記第1延出部が延出している方向とは別方向へ前記他端部から延出している第2延出部と、を少なくとも備えて構成していることを特徴とする。 Alternatively, the patch is a patch provided with an elastic film-like support and an adhesive layer provided on one surface of the support, and the patch has one end and the other end. A first extension portion extending from the other end portion, and a second extension extending from the other end portion in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion extends. And at least a portion.
 本貼付材は、貼付されたときに、前記一端部、前記第1延出部、及び前記第2延出部からなる群より選ばれた1つ以上の部分が、筋組織、腱組織、及び軟骨組織からなる群より選ばれた1種以上の組織を介して骨組織に固定された皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されていることを特徴とし得る。 When the sticking material is stuck, one or more parts selected from the group consisting of the one end part, the first extension part, and the second extension part are muscle tissue, tendon tissue, and It may be characterized by being affixed to at least a part of the skin portion fixed to the bone tissue via one or more kinds of tissues selected from the group consisting of cartilage tissues.
 本貼付材は、貼付されたときに、前記基部が、前記弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、前記弛んだ皮膚部分が、ほうれい線と耳前との間にある皮膚部分であり、前記固定された皮膚部分が、耳前の皮膚部分であることを特徴とし得る。 When this patch is affixed, the base portion is affixed to at least a part of the loose skin part, and the loose skin part is between the spine line and the front of the ear. And the fixed skin portion may be a skin portion in front of the ear.
 本貼付材は、貼付されたときに、前記基部が、前記弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、前記弛んだ皮膚部分が、マリオネットラインと耳垂前部との間にある皮膚部分であり、前記固定された皮膚部分が、耳垂前部の皮膚部分であることを特徴とし得る。 In the present patch, when the base is applied, the base is attached to at least a part of the loose skin part, and the loose skin part is between the marionette line and the front of the earlobe. And the fixed skin portion may be a skin portion of the front of the earlobe.
 本貼付材は、貼付されたときに、前記基部が、前記弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、前記弛んだ皮膚部分が、下眼瞼部の眼袋とこめかみとの間にある皮膚部分、及び鼻背とこめかみとの間にある皮膚部分からなる群より選ばれた1種以上の皮膚部分であり、前記固定された皮膚部分が、こめかみの皮膚部分であることを特徴とし得る。 In the present patch, when the base is applied, the base is attached to at least a part of the loose skin part, and the loose skin part is between the eye bag and the temple of the lower eyelid. One or more skin parts selected from the group consisting of a part and a skin part between the back of the nose and the temple. The fixed skin part may be a skin part of the temple.
 本貼付材は、貼付されたときに、前記基部が、前記弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、前記弛んだ皮膚部分が、眉間の皮膚部分であり、前記固定された皮膚部分が、鼻背の皮膚部分、及び前頭部の頭髪の生え際の皮膚部分からなる群より選ばれた1種以上の皮膚部分であることを特徴とし得る。 When the sticking material is stuck, the base is stuck to at least a part of the loose skin part, the loose skin part is a skin part between eyebrows, and the fixed skin part May be characterized by being one or more skin parts selected from the group consisting of the skin part of the back of the nose and the skin part of the hairline of the frontal head.
 本貼付材は、前記支持体の厚さが6~50μmであり、前記支持体の20%引張強度が0.1~3N/cmであり、前記粘着剤層の厚さが5~100μmであることを特徴とし得る。 In this patch, the support has a thickness of 6 to 50 μm, the support has a 20% tensile strength of 0.1 to 3 N / cm, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 5 to 100 μm. Can be characterized.
 本貼付材は、前記支持体の厚さをwとするとき、当該支持体の他面の十点平均粗さRzが、6μm≦Rz≦40μmであり、かつ、Rz≦wであることを特徴とし得る。 In the present patch, when the thickness of the support is w, the ten-point average roughness Rz of the other surface of the support is 6 μm ≦ Rz ≦ 40 μm and Rz ≦ w. It can be.
 さらに、本貼付具は、前記貼付材を囲むフレームと、前記フレームに取り付けられて前記一端部を保持する一端部保持手段と、前記フレームに取り付けられて前記第1延出部を保持する第1延出部保持手段と、前記フレームに取り付けられて前記第2延出部を保持する第2延出部保持手段と、を備える。 Further, the sticking tool includes a frame surrounding the sticking material, one end holding means attached to the frame to hold the one end, and a first attached to the frame to hold the first extension part. An extension portion holding means; and a second extension portion holding means attached to the frame and holding the second extension portion.
 上記の構成を含む本発明に係る貼付材は、基部の一端部から、第1延出部と第2延出部がそれぞれ別方向に延出している形状を少なくとも備えて構成している。この形状により、適切に貼付すれば、本貼付材が貼付されたときにその基部は、弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、一端部から第1延出部へ向けて牽引されており、かつ、一端部から第1延出部へ向かう方向とは別方向にある第2延出部へ向けて牽引されている状態になる。このとき、弛んだ皮膚部分は、その少なくとも一部に基部を貼付されているため、基部と同様に、第1延出部に向かう方向と、この方向とは別方向にある第2延出部に向かう方向と、の複数方向に牽引されている状態で保持される。さらに、弛んだ皮膚部分から第1延出部と第2延出部との間にある方向において、前述した第1延出部に向かう方向への牽引力と、前述した第2延出部に向かう方向への牽引力と、が合成されるため、このときの弛んだ皮膚部分は、第1延出部と第2延出部との間に向かう方向へも牽引されている状態で保持される。このように弛んだ皮膚が複数方向に牽引されている状態で保持されると、従来の貼付材が貼付されて弛んだ皮膚部分が単一方向に牽引されている場合と比べて、広範囲にわたり拡大した余剰皮膚を適切に牽引すること、つまり、広範囲にわたり皮膚の弛みを解消することができる。 The patch material according to the present invention including the above-described configuration includes at least a shape in which the first extension portion and the second extension portion extend in different directions from one end portion of the base portion. With this shape, when properly affixed, the base is affixed to at least a part of the loose skin when the affixing material is affixed and pulled toward the first extension from one end. And a state of being pulled toward the second extending portion in a direction different from the direction from the one end portion toward the first extending portion. At this time, since the base portion is affixed to at least a part of the slack skin portion, the direction toward the first extension portion and the second extension portion in a direction different from this direction are the same as the base portion. And being pulled in a plurality of directions. Furthermore, in the direction between the first extending portion and the second extending portion from the slack skin portion, the pulling force in the direction toward the first extending portion described above, and the second extending portion described above. Since the traction force in the direction is combined, the slack skin portion at this time is held in a state of being pulled in the direction between the first extension portion and the second extension portion. When the loose skin is held in a state where it is pulled in multiple directions, it expands over a wider area than when the conventional patch is applied and the loose skin is pulled in a single direction. It is possible to appropriately pull the excess skin, that is, to loosen the skin over a wide range.
 皮膚の弛みが広範囲にわたり解消すると、弛んだ皮膚部分の近くに生じていたシワが効率よく平坦化する。例えば、本貼付材の基部を弛んだ頬の皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付して、その皮膚部分の弛みを矯正すると、その皮膚部分の近くにある深いほうれい線やマリオネットラインが効率よく平坦化されて浅くなる。 ¡If the loosening of the skin is resolved over a wide area, the wrinkles that have occurred near the loosened skin will be flattened efficiently. For example, if the base of this patch is applied to at least a part of the skin part of the loose cheek and the looseness of the skin part is corrected, the deep constriction lines and marionette lines near the skin part are efficiently obtained. It becomes flat and shallow.
 また、従来の貼付材が貼付されて皮膚が単一方向に牽引されている場合と比べて、上記のように本貼付材が貼付されたときには、広範囲にわたり拡大した余剰皮膚が複数方向に牽引されているため、弛んだ皮膚部分で不自然な陥凹は生じにくい。さらに、本貼付材は、第1延出部と第2延出部とを少なくとも備えて構成しているため、貼付されたときに一つの延出部のみに牽引力が局所的に集中して及ぶことは避けられる。このため、従来の貼付材が貼付されて皮膚が単一方向に牽引されている場合と比べて、本貼付材を貼付されたときには、第1延出部を貼付された皮膚部分や、第2延出部を貼付された皮膚部分で、不自然な陥凹は生じにくい。 Also, compared to the case where the conventional patch is applied and the skin is pulled in a single direction, when the patch is applied as described above, the excessive skin that has been expanded over a wide range is pulled in multiple directions. Therefore, it is difficult for unnatural depressions to occur on loose skin. Furthermore, since this sticking material comprises at least a first extension part and a second extension part, the traction force locally concentrates on only one extension part when attached. That can be avoided. For this reason, compared with the case where the pasting material is pasted and the skin is pulled in a single direction, when the present pasting material is pasted, the skin part to which the first extension portion is pasted, Unnatural depressions are unlikely to occur in the skin part to which the extension is attached.
実施形態1に係る貼付材を表し、(a)は貼付材の積層構造を示す断面図であり、(b)は粘着剤層が剥離紙に被覆された貼付材の積層構造を示す断面図である。1 represents a patch according to the first embodiment, (a) is a cross-sectional view showing a laminated structure of a patch, and (b) is a cross-sectional view showing a laminated structure of a patch in which an adhesive layer is covered with release paper. is there. 実施形態1に係る貼付材を表し、(a)は左右一対のU字状貼付材セットを示す正面図であり、(b)は貼付材の貼付に適する顔面の部位を示す説明図である。The patch material which concerns on Embodiment 1 is represented, (a) is a front view which shows a pair of left-right U-shaped patch material, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the site | part of the face suitable for sticking of a patch material. 実施形態1に係る貼付材の貼付方法を表し、(a)は基部及び第1延出部を牽引されながら一端部が貼付された貼付材を示す説明図であり、(b)は牽引されながら第1延出部が貼付された貼付材を示す説明図であり、(c)は牽引されながら第2延出部が貼付された貼付材を示す説明図である。なお、(a),(b),(c)で斑点が描かれた範囲の部分は、貼付材が皮膚に貼付された部分を示す。1 represents a method of applying a patch according to Embodiment 1, wherein (a) is an explanatory view showing a patch with one end affixed while being pulled by a base and a first extension part, and (b) is being pulled. It is explanatory drawing which shows the patch with which the 1st extension part was stuck, (c) is explanatory drawing which shows the patch with which the 2nd extension part was stuck while being pulled. In addition, the part of the range where the spot was drawn by (a), (b), (c) shows the part by which the patch was stuck on the skin. 切れ目が設けられた剥離紙を備える貼付材の貼付方法を表し、(a)は剥離紙の基部被覆部分を剥離された貼付材を示す説明図であり、(b)は貼付材を牽引しながら基部を貼付することを示す説明図であり、(c)は剥離紙の第1延出部被覆部分及び第2延出部被覆部分を剥離して第1延出部及び第2延出部をそれぞれ一端部から別方向に牽引しながら貼付することを示す説明図である。なお、(a)で斑点が描かれている範囲の部分は、剥離紙の基部被覆部分を剥離して貼付材の皮膚当接面が露出している部分を示す。また、(b),(c)で斑点が描かれた範囲の部分は、貼付材が皮膚に貼付された部分を示す。The sticking method of the adhesive material provided with the release paper provided with the cut line is represented, (a) is an explanatory view showing the adhesive material from which the base coating portion of the release paper is peeled, and (b) while pulling the adhesive material. It is explanatory drawing which shows sticking a base, (c) peels the 1st extension part coating part and 2nd extension part coating part of a release paper, and makes a 1st extension part and a 2nd extension part. It is explanatory drawing which shows sticking, each pulling from one end part to another direction. In addition, the part of the range where the spot is drawn by (a) shows the part which peeled the base part covering part of release paper, and the skin contact surface of the patch has been exposed. Moreover, the part of the range where the spot was drawn by (b) and (c) shows the part by which the patch was stuck on the skin. 実施形態2に係る貼付材を表し、(a)は左右一対のE字状貼付材セットを示す正面図であり、(b)は貼付材の貼付に適する顔面の部位を示す説明図である。The patch material which concerns on Embodiment 2 is represented, (a) is a front view which shows a pair of left and right E-shaped patch material, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the site | part of the face suitable for sticking of a patch material. 実施形態3に係る貼付材を表し、(a)はΨ字状貼付材を示す正面図であり、(b)は貼付材の貼付に適する顔面の部位を示す説明図である。The patch material which concerns on Embodiment 3 is represented, (a) is a front view which shows a psi-shaped patch material, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the site | part of the face suitable for sticking of a patch material. 実施形態4に係る貼付材を表し、(a)はV字状貼付材を示す正面図であり、(b)は横に短い基部を備えるU字状貼付材を示す正面図であり、(c)は横長の基部を備えるU字状貼付材を示す正面図であり、(d)は貼付材の貼付に適する顔面の部位を示す説明図である。(A) is a front view showing a V-shaped patch, (b) is a front view showing a U-shaped patch with a short base on the side, (c) ) Is a front view showing a U-shaped patch having a horizontally long base, and (d) is an explanatory view showing a part of the face suitable for sticking the patch. 実施形態4に係る貼付材を表し、(a)は支持体がアクリル酸エステル系樹脂により構成されている場合の貼付材の積層構造を示す断面図であり、(b)は支持体がポリウレタンにより構成されている場合の貼付材の積層構造を示す断面図である。Fig. 4 shows a patch according to Embodiment 4, wherein (a) is a cross-sectional view showing a laminated structure of the patch when the support is made of an acrylate resin, and (b) is a support made of polyurethane. It is sectional drawing which shows the laminated structure of the patch in the case of being comprised. 貼付材を保持している貼付具を表し、(a)は剥離紙を備える実施形態1に係る貼付材を保持している貼付具の正面図であり、(b)は剥離紙とキャリアーを備える貼付材を保持している貼付具を示す断面図である。1 represents a patch holding a patch, (a) is a front view of a patch holding a patch according to Embodiment 1 including release paper, and (b) includes a release paper and a carrier. It is sectional drawing which shows the sticking tool holding the sticking material. 貼付具を用いて貼付材を適切に貼付する方法を表し、(a)は剥離紙の基部被覆部分を剥離された貼付材を示す説明図であり、(b)は基部を一端部保持手段からそれぞれ第1延出部保持手段へ向かう方向と第2延出部保持手段へ向かう方向へ牽引しながら貼付してから一端部保持手段及びキャリアーを剥離することを示す説明図であり、(c)は第1先端部被覆部分及び第2先端部被覆部分を剥離して第1延出部と第2延出部を各々別方向に牽引した状態で貼付することを示す説明図である。なお、(a)で斑点が描かれた範囲の部分は、基部被覆部分を剥離されて皮膚当接面が露出している部分を示す。また、(b),(c)で斑点が描かれた範囲の部分は、貼付材が皮膚に貼付された部分を示す。The method of affixing a patch suitably using a sticking tool is represented, (a) is explanatory drawing which shows the patch from which the base coating | coated part of release paper was peeled, (b) is a base part from an end part holding means. (C) It is explanatory drawing which shows peeling one end part holding means and a carrier after sticking, pulling in the direction which goes to a 1st extension part holding means, and the direction which goes to a 2nd extension part holding means, respectively. FIG. 5 is an explanatory view showing that the first extension part and the second extension part are peeled off and attached in a state where the first extension part and the second extension part are pulled in different directions, respectively. In addition, the part of the range by which the spot was drawn by (a) shows the part from which the base coating part was peeled and the skin contact surface was exposed. Moreover, the part of the range where the spot was drawn by (b) and (c) shows the part by which the patch was stuck on the skin. 各々(a)は実施形態2に係るE字状貼付材、(b)は実施形態3に係るΨ字状貼付材、(c)は実施形態4に係るV字状貼付材、(d)は実施形態4に係る横に短い基部を備えるU字状貼付材、(e)は実施形態4に係る横長の基部を備えるU字状貼付材、を保持している貼付具を表わす正面図である。(A) is an E-shaped patch according to Embodiment 2, (b) is a Ψ-shaped patch according to Embodiment 3, (c) is a V-shaped patch according to Embodiment 4, and (d) is It is a front view showing the sticking tool holding the U-shaped patch with a horizontally short base according to Embodiment 4, and (e) the U-shaped patch with the horizontally long base according to Embodiment 4. .
[実施形態1]
 図1(a)に示すように、実施形態1に係る貼付材(1aL,1aR)は、支持体8aと粘着剤層9aを備える。さらに、図2(a)に示すように、貼付材(1aL,1aR)は、その形状により、基部(2aL,2aR)と、第1延出部(3aL,3aR)と、第2延出部(6aL,6aR)を備えて構成している。
[Embodiment 1]
As shown to Fig.1 (a), the patch (1aL, 1aR) which concerns on Embodiment 1 is provided with the support body 8a and the adhesive layer 9a. Furthermore, as shown to Fig.2 (a), a patch (1aL, 1aR) is a base part (2aL, 2aR), a 1st extension part (3aL, 3aR), and a 2nd extension part by the shape. (6aL, 6aR).
 顔面の右側と左側にそれぞれ貼付できるように、貼付される者にとって顔面の右側用の貼付材1aRと、顔面の左側用の貼付材1aLとは、左右一対のセットになっている。貼付材1aLと貼付材1aRとでは、その形状が鏡像対称であることを除けば、同じ構成である。以下、貼付材1aLについて説明するが、その説明内容は貼付材1aRについても同様である。 The adhesive material 1aR for the right side of the face and the adhesive material 1aL for the left side of the face are a pair of left and right sets for the person to be applied so that it can be applied to the right side and the left side of the face. The patch 1aL and the patch 1aR have the same configuration except that their shapes are mirror image symmetric. Hereinafter, although the patch 1aL will be described, the description is the same for the patch 1aR.
 図1(a)に示すように、貼付材1aLは、フィルム状の支持体8aに一面11aと他面10aを有し、この一面11aに粘着剤層9aが設けられた積層構造である。粘着剤層9aには、支持体8aの一面11aに対向している皮膚当接面13aが設けられている。皮膚当接面13aが皮膚に接した部分では、貼付材1aLが皮膚に貼付される。 As shown in FIG. 1 (a), the patch 1aL has a laminated structure in which a film-like support 8a has one surface 11a and another surface 10a, and an adhesive layer 9a is provided on the one surface 11a. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 9a is provided with a skin contact surface 13a facing the one surface 11a of the support 8a. In the part where the skin contact surface 13a is in contact with the skin, the patch 1aL is stuck to the skin.
 支持体8aは、例えば、ポリウレタン、ポリアクリル酸エステル系樹脂、ポリイソブチレン、及びポリ酢酸ビニル等からなる群より選ばれた1種以上の弾性を有する樹脂組成物により構成されている。この樹脂組成物により構成されている支持体8aは、適度な弾性を有するため、貼付材1aLが牽引されたときに裂けにくい。また、支持体8aは、薄く柔軟であることが好ましい。支持体8aが薄いと、貼付材1aLが皮膚に貼付されたときに、貼付された者は皮膚に違和感を覚えにくい。支持体8aが柔軟であると、貼付された貼付材1aLが皮膚の動きに追従して伸縮しやすいため皮膚から剥脱しにくい。 The support 8a is made of, for example, a resin composition having one or more elasticity selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, polyacrylic ester resin, polyisobutylene, polyvinyl acetate, and the like. Since the support body 8a comprised by this resin composition has moderate elasticity, it is hard to tear when the patch 1aL is pulled. The support 8a is preferably thin and flexible. If the support 8a is thin, when the patch 1aL is affixed to the skin, the affixed person is less likely to feel discomfort in the skin. If the support 8a is flexible, the affixed patch 1aL easily expands and contracts following the movement of the skin, and is difficult to peel off from the skin.
 粘着剤層9aは、医療用貼付材で用いられ皮膚科学的に許容され得る、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、シリコン系粘着剤、及びゴム系粘着剤等からなる群より選ばれた1種以上の粘着剤により構成されている。皮膚への刺激を抑えるために、粘着剤層9aを構成する粘着剤は、好ましくはアクリル系粘着剤である。アクリル系粘着剤は、例えば、アクリル酸、炭素数8~10のアクリル酸エステル、アクリル酸ヒドロキシエチル、及びヒドロキシエチルアクリルアミドからなる群より選ばれた1種以上の化合物を主モノマーとし、酢酸ビニル、及びアルコキシアルキルエステルからなる群より選ばれた1種以上の化合物をコモノマーとして、重合させて得られる粘着剤組成物であることが好ましい。この粘着剤組成物に、融点が10℃以上であり沸点が120℃以上である液体を5~50%含ませて架橋させたゲル状の共重合アクリル系粘着剤が、粘着剤層9aを構成する粘着剤であることが、さらに好ましい。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 9a is selected from the group consisting of an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive, a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a silicon-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, a rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive, and the like, which are used in medical patches and are dermatologically acceptable. It is comprised by 1 or more types of adhesives. In order to suppress irritation to the skin, the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 9a is preferably an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. The acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive has, for example, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of acrylic acid, acrylic acid esters having 8 to 10 carbon atoms, hydroxyethyl acrylate, and hydroxyethyl acrylamide as a main monomer, vinyl acetate, And a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained by polymerizing one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of alkoxyalkyl esters as a comonomer. A gel-like copolymer acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive containing 5 to 50% of a liquid having a melting point of 10 ° C. or higher and a boiling point of 120 ° C. or higher and cross-linked to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition constitutes the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 9a. It is more preferable that the pressure sensitive adhesive is used.
 図2(a)に示すように、貼付材1aLは、全体としてU字状である。基部2aLは、略四角形状の外形であり、一端部4aと他端部12aを有する。第1延出部3aLは、舌状の外形であり、他端部12aから延出している。第1延出部3aLの舌状の先端部分を第1先端部5aとする。第2延出部6aLは、舌状の外形であり、他端部12aから、第1延出部3aLが延出している方向とは別方向へ延出している。第2延出部6aLの舌状の先端部分を第2先端部22aとする。 As shown in FIG. 2 (a), the patch 1aL is U-shaped as a whole. The base 2aL has a substantially rectangular outer shape, and has one end 4a and the other end 12a. The first extending portion 3aL has a tongue-like outer shape and extends from the other end portion 12a. The tongue-like tip portion of the first extension portion 3aL is defined as a first tip portion 5a. The second extending portion 6aL has a tongue-like outer shape, and extends from the other end portion 12a in a direction different from the direction in which the first extending portion 3aL extends. The tongue-like tip portion of the second extending portion 6aL is defined as a second tip portion 22a.
 なお、本発明では、複数ある延出部のうちで、先に貼付される延出部を第1延出部とし、第1延出部が貼付された後で次に貼付される延出部を第2延出部とする。また、貼付材1aLでは、身体に貼付されたときに下側に貼付される延出部を第1延出部3aLとし、上側に貼付される延出部を第2延出部6aLとすることが好ましい。この場合には、弛んだ皮膚部分を、下側から上側へ向けて段階的に引き上げるように牽引しながら矯正することができる。 In addition, in this invention, the extension part pasted first is made into the 1st extension part among several extension parts, and the extension part stuck next after the 1st extension part is stuck Is the second extension. Moreover, in the patch 1aL, the extension part stuck on the lower side when stuck on the body is the first extension part 3aL, and the extension part stuck on the upper side is the second extension part 6aL. Is preferred. In this case, the slack skin portion can be corrected while being pulled so as to be gradually raised from the lower side toward the upper side.
 本発明において略四角形状とは、四角形のような外形であり、その四角形の辺にあたる外形の一部に曲線状の部分が含まれ、その四角形の角にあたる部分にアールが設けられており、さらに、その外形の一部が延出部とつながって一体化しているため一部の角や辺が明確でない形状である。例えば、貼付材1aLでは、基部2aLは、四角形のような外形であり、この四角形のうちの一の辺19aを挟む2つの角部分18aを有する。一の辺19aは曲線状であり、2つの角部分18aにはアールが設けられている。また、貼付材1aLの第1延出部3aLと第2延出部6aLとの間に形成されている凹形状の凹頂点20aは、四角形で一の辺19aの対辺上にある点である。しかし、凹頂点20aの周辺部分は第1延出部3aL及び第2延出部6aLのそれぞれの根元部23aにつながって一体化しているため、基部2aLは、一の辺19aの対辺の全体や、この対辺を挟む2つの角部分21について、四角形の角やその周辺としての明確な輪郭を有していない。対辺の全体として、凹頂点20aを通り、かつ、第1延出部3aLや第2延出部6aLのそれぞれの根元部23aにつながって一体化している部分を横断する線を仮想すると、対辺を挟む2つの角部分21を仮想でき、基部2aLが四角形のような外形であるといえる。 In the present invention, the substantially quadrangular shape is an external shape such as a quadrangle, a part of the external shape corresponding to the side of the quadrangle includes a curved portion, and a rounded portion is provided at a portion corresponding to the corner of the quadrangle, Since some of the outer shapes are connected to and integrated with the extension, some corners and sides are not clear. For example, in the patch 1aL, the base 2aL has an outer shape like a quadrangle, and has two corner portions 18a sandwiching one side 19a of the quadrangle. One side 19a is curved and two corner portions 18a are rounded. Moreover, the concave-shaped concave vertex 20a formed between the 1st extension part 3aL and the 2nd extension part 6aL of the patch 1aL is a point which is on the opposite side of the one side 19a in a square shape. However, since the peripheral portion of the concave apex 20a is connected to and integrated with the respective root portions 23a of the first extension portion 3aL and the second extension portion 6aL, the base portion 2aL has the entire opposite side of the one side 19a, The two corner portions 21 sandwiching the opposite side do not have a square corner or a clear outline as its periphery. Assuming, as a whole, the line passing through the concave vertex 20a and crossing the integrated portion connected to the respective root portions 23a of the first extension portion 3aL and the second extension portion 6aL, It can be said that the two corners 21 sandwiched between can be hypothesized and the base 2aL has a quadrangular shape.
 また、本発明における別方向とは、貼付材が2つの延出部を備える場合には、それぞれの延出部が延出している方向が、10~90°の範囲内で異なる角度を向いていることをいう。あるいは、本発明における別方向とは、貼付材が3つ以上の延出部を備える場合には、それぞれの延出部が延出している方向が、互いに5~180°の範囲内で異なる角度を向いていることをいう。このように各々延出部の延出方向が異なると、本貼付材を適切に貼付すれば、基部や基部を貼付された皮膚部分が、それぞれの延出部の間にある方向にも牽引されるため、効率よく皮膚の弛みを解消することができる。貼付材1aLにおいては、例えば、第1延出部3aLと第2延出部6aLのそれぞれの外形について、その舌状の長手方向に並んで伸びている2辺に対してなるべく等距離となる点を複数つなげて形成される直線を仮想し、これら仮想の2つの直線を延長して生じる交差点で、交差角が20~40°になる。つまり、貼付材1aLでは、第1延出部3aLの延出方向と、第2延出部6aLの延出方向とでは、20~40°開いている。 Further, the different direction in the present invention means that when the patch has two extending portions, the extending direction of each extending portion is at a different angle within a range of 10 to 90 °. It means being. Alternatively, the different direction in the present invention means that when the patch has three or more extending portions, the directions in which the extending portions extend differ from each other within a range of 5 to 180 °. It means that you are facing. Thus, if the extending directions of the extending portions are different, the base portion and the skin portion to which the base portion is applied are pulled in the direction between the extending portions if the sticking material is appropriately applied. Therefore, it is possible to efficiently eliminate skin slack. In the patch 1aL, for example, the outer shapes of the first extension portion 3aL and the second extension portion 6aL are as equidistant as possible with respect to the two sides extending side by side in the longitudinal direction of the tongue. A virtual straight line formed by connecting a plurality of straight lines, and an intersection formed by extending these two virtual straight lines, the crossing angle is 20 to 40 °. That is, in the patch 1aL, the extending direction of the first extending portion 3aL and the extending direction of the second extending portion 6aL are 20 to 40 ° open.
 一の辺19aから凹頂点20aへ至る最短距離を基部2aLの横方向の長さとし、この横方向と直交する方向で基部2aLの幅を測ったときに示される最短の幅を基部2aLの縦方向の長さとする。基部2aLの寸法は、例えば縦30mm×横20mmである。また、基部2aLの横方向の長さの二等分点を通ってこの横方向と直交する線を仮想し、基部2aLのうちでこの仮想の線よりも一の辺19a側にある部分を一端部4aとし、基部2aLのうちでこの仮想の線よりも凹頂点20a側にある部分を他端部12aとする。一端部4aは、略四角形状である基部2aLのうちで、一の辺19a、2つの角部分18a、及びその周辺部分により構成されている。また、他端部12aは、凹頂点20a、前述した一の辺19aの対辺を挟む2つの角部分21、及びその周辺部分により構成されている。 The shortest distance from one side 19a to the concave vertex 20a is the horizontal length of the base 2aL, and the shortest width shown when the width of the base 2aL is measured in a direction orthogonal to the horizontal direction is the vertical direction of the base 2aL. Of length. The dimension of the base 2aL is, for example, 30 mm long × 20 mm wide. Further, a line perpendicular to the horizontal direction passes through a bisector of the horizontal length of the base portion 2aL, and a portion of the base portion 2aL that is closer to the side 19a than the virtual line is The portion 4a and the portion of the base 2aL that is closer to the concave vertex 20a than the virtual line is referred to as the other end 12a. The one end portion 4a is composed of one side 19a, two corner portions 18a, and a peripheral portion of the base portion 2aL having a substantially square shape. The other end portion 12a includes a concave vertex 20a, two corner portions 21 sandwiching the opposite side of the one side 19a described above, and a peripheral portion thereof.
 貼付材1aLの貼付方法の手順を説明する。まず、例えば、貼付材1aLの一端部4aと第1先端部5aとをそれぞれ別の手の指先で同時に摘んだ状態で、第1先端部5aを引っ張る。このため、図3(a)に示すように、貼付材1aLは、その一端部4aから第1先端部5aへ向かう方向に牽引された状態となる。この状態のまま、一端部4aのみを弛んだ皮膚部分41の少なくとも一部に貼付する。次に、図3(b)に示すように、基部2aL及び第1延出部3aLを、一端部4aから第1先端部5aへ向かう方向に牽引しながら、他端部12a、根元部23a、第1延出部3aLの第1先端部5aの順に貼付する。最後に、図3(c)に示すように、第1延出部3aLが牽引されながら貼付された方向とは別方向に第2延出部6aLの第2先端部22aを牽引しながら、他端部12a、根元部23a、第2延出部6aLの第2先端部22aの順に貼付する。 The procedure of the sticking method of the patch 1aL will be described. First, for example, the first tip 5a is pulled in a state where the one end 4a and the first tip 5a of the patch 1aL are simultaneously picked by the fingertips of different hands. For this reason, as shown to Fig.3 (a), the patch 1aL will be in the state pulled in the direction which goes to the 1st front-end | tip part 5a from the one end part 4a. In this state, only one end 4a is stuck on at least a part of the slack skin portion 41. Next, as shown in FIG. 3B, while pulling the base portion 2aL and the first extension portion 3aL in the direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a, the other end portion 12a, the root portion 23a, It sticks in order of the 1st front-end | tip part 5a of the 1st extension part 3aL. Finally, as shown in FIG. 3 (c), while pulling the second tip 22a of the second extension 6aL in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension 3aL is pulled while pulling, the other It sticks in order of the edge part 12a, the base part 23a, and the 2nd front-end | tip part 22a of the 2nd extension part 6aL.
 上記の手順により、貼付されたときの貼付材1aLは、その基部2aLが弛んだ皮膚部分41の少なくとも一部に貼付されている。また、その基部2aLと第1延出部3aLは、一端部4aから第1延出部3aLの第1先端部5aへ向かう方向に牽引されている状態で貼付されている。さらに、その基部2aLと第2延出部6aLは、一端部4aから、第1延出部3aLが牽引されながら貼付された方向とは別方向にある第2延出部6aLの第2先端部22aへ向かう方向に牽引されている状態で貼付されている。 The sticking material 1aL when stuck by the above procedure is stuck on at least a part of the skin portion 41 where the base 2aL is loosened. Further, the base portion 2aL and the first extension portion 3aL are pasted in a state of being pulled in a direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a of the first extension portion 3aL. Further, the base portion 2aL and the second extension portion 6aL are arranged such that the second tip portion of the second extension portion 6aL is in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion 3aL is applied while being pulled from the one end portion 4a. It is stuck in a state of being pulled in the direction toward 22a.
 また、図4(c)に示すように、身体には、筋組織、腱組織、及び軟骨組織からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも1種以上の組織を介して骨組織に固定された皮膚部分(以下「固定された皮膚部分」という。)42が多数ある。前述した手順で図3(b)に示すように、基部2aL及び第1延出部3aLが一端部4aから第1先端部5aへ向かう方向に牽引されている状態で貼付されると、この牽引方向とは逆方向の延長線上にある固定された皮膚部分43から、この牽引方向にある固定された皮膚部分45へ向けて、弛んだ皮膚部分41の少なくとも一部が牽引された状態で保持される。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 4C, the body includes a skin portion fixed to the bone tissue via at least one kind of tissue selected from the group consisting of muscle tissue, tendon tissue, and cartilage tissue ( (Hereinafter referred to as “fixed skin part”). If the base 2aL and the first extension 3aL are attached in a state where they are pulled in the direction from the one end 4a toward the first tip 5a as shown in FIG. At least a part of the slack skin portion 41 is held in a state of being pulled from the fixed skin portion 43 on the extension line opposite to the direction toward the fixed skin portion 45 in the pulling direction. The
 次いで、図3(c)に示すように、第1延出部3aLが牽引されながら貼付された方向とは別方向に第2延出部6aLを牽引しながら貼付すると、この牽引方向の逆方向の延長線上にあり固定された皮膚部分43の近くにある他の固定された皮膚部分44から、この牽引方向にあり固定された皮膚部分45から少し離れている他の固定された皮膚部分46へ向けて、弛んだ皮膚41の少なくとも一部が牽引された状態で保持される。さらに、弛んだ皮膚部分41は、第1延出部3aLの第1先端部5aへの牽引方向と、第2延出部6aLの第2先端部22aへの牽引方向とが合成されて、固定された皮膚部分45と他の固定された皮膚部分46の間にあるさらに他の固定された皮膚部分47への広範な方向にも牽引されている状態で保持される。 Next, as shown in FIG. 3C, when the second extension 6aL is applied while being pulled in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension 3aL is applied while being pulled, the direction opposite to the pulling direction is obtained. From another fixed skin portion 44 that is on the extension of and near the fixed skin portion 43 to another fixed skin portion 46 that is in this traction direction and slightly away from the fixed skin portion 45 Toward, at least a part of the loose skin 41 is held in a pulled state. Further, the loosened skin portion 41 is fixed by combining the pulling direction of the first extending portion 3aL to the first tip portion 5a and the pulling direction of the second extending portion 6aL to the second tip portion 22a. Held in a wide range of directions to a further fixed skin portion 47 between the fixed skin portion 45 and the other fixed skin portion 46.
 このため、本発明に係る貼付材を、上記のように弛んだ皮膚部分を複数方向に牽引しながら貼付すると、従来の貼付材を単一方向に牽引しながら貼付する場合と比べて、基部を貼付された皮膚部分のみに限らず、その皮膚部分の周囲の広範囲にわたって拡大した余剰皮膚をも牽引して適切に矯正することができる。さらに、皮膚の弛みが広範囲にわたり解消すると、弛んだ皮膚部分の近くに生じていたシワが効率よく平坦化する。 For this reason, when the adhesive material according to the present invention is applied while pulling the slack skin part in a plurality of directions as described above, the base portion is compared with the case of applying the adhesive material while pulling the conventional adhesive material in a single direction. Not only the affixed skin part but also the surplus skin that has spread over a wide area around the skin part can be pulled and corrected appropriately. Furthermore, when the skin looseness is eliminated over a wide area, wrinkles that have occurred near the loose skin portion are efficiently flattened.
 また、本貼付材は、第1延出部を牽引しながら貼付する段階と、第2延出部を牽引しながら貼付する段階を経て貼付される。多段階を経て貼付されるため、弛んだ皮膚部分を牽引する方向を順次調節して、第1延出部と第2延出部のそれぞれに及ぶ牽引力の強さを順次分散させることができる。このため、従来の貼付材の扱いに熟練していない者であっても、本貼付材であれば、貼付する際に一つの延出部のみに牽引力が局所的に集中して及ぶことを容易に避けることができるため、それぞれの延出部が貼付された皮膚部分に不自然な陥凹が生じないように貼付しやすい。また、本貼付材は、牽引力の強さを第1延出部と第2延出部とに順次分散させながら、図3(c)に示すように、第1延出部と第2延出部との間にある広範な方向へ向けて弛んだ皮膚を更に強力に牽引することができるため、弛みを矯正された皮膚が自然な外観となるように貼付しやすい。 Moreover, this sticking material is stuck through the step of sticking while pulling the first extension part and the step of sticking while pulling the second extension part. Since it is applied through multiple steps, the direction of pulling the slack skin portion can be adjusted in order, and the strength of the traction force that reaches each of the first extension portion and the second extension portion can be dispersed sequentially. For this reason, even for those who are not skilled in handling conventional patch materials, it is easy for traction force to concentrate locally on only one extension part when applying this patch material. Therefore, it is easy to apply so that an unnatural depression does not occur in the skin part to which each extending part is attached. Further, as shown in FIG. 3 (c), the present adhesive material sequentially distributes the strength of the traction force between the first extension part and the second extension part, as shown in FIG. 3 (c). Since the skin that has slackened in a wide range of directions between the skin and the skin can be pulled more strongly, it is easy to apply the skin so that the skin with the slack corrected has a natural appearance.
 よって、本発明によれば、シワ、弛みを生じた皮膚を矯正する効果が大きく、皮膚に不自然な陥凹が生じにくい貼付材を提供することができる。このため、本発明に係る貼付材は、好ましくは、皮膚矯正用の貼付材として用いられる。また、さらに好ましくは、老人性顔貌を若々しく自然な顔貌に矯正するための、老人性顔貌の矯正用の貼付材として用いられる。この本発明の効果は、基部及び第1延出部を一端部から第1延出部の第1先端部へ向かう方向に牽引しながら、基部を弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付してから第1延出部の第1先端部を貼付し、次いで、第1延出部を牽引しながら貼付した方向とは別方向に第2延出部の第2先端部を牽引しながら貼付する貼付方法をとることで、更に発揮される。 Therefore, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a patch that has a large effect of correcting wrinkled and loosened skin and that is unlikely to cause unnatural depressions in the skin. For this reason, the patch according to the present invention is preferably used as a patch for skin correction. More preferably, it is used as a patch for correcting senile facial features to correct senile facial features into youthful and natural facial features. The effect of the present invention is that the base portion is attached to at least a part of the loosened skin portion while pulling the base portion and the first extension portion in the direction from the one end portion toward the first tip portion of the first extension portion. 1st tip part of the 1st extension part is stuck, and then it sticks while pulling the 2nd tip part of the 2nd extension part in a direction different from the direction stuck while pulling the 1st extension part. It is further demonstrated by taking the sticking method.
 貼付材1aLは、好ましくは、図1(b)に示すように、皮膚当接面13aを被覆する剥離紙14aを備える。この剥離紙14aが剥離されるまで、皮膚当接面13aが保護される。この剥離紙14aは、さらに好ましくは、皮膚当接面13aから少ない力で簡単に剥がすことができる素材のものである。このような剥離紙14aの素材としては、例えば、紙の片面にシリコン処理を施したもの、紙とポリオレフィン薄膜とを貼り合わせたものの片面にシリコン処理を施したもの、あるいはポリエステルフィルムにシリコン処理を施したものが挙げられる。また、剥離紙14aは、皮膚当接面13aを被覆する部分から突出した摘み部16が設けられていると、剥離しやすいため好ましい。 The patch 1aL preferably includes a release paper 14a that covers the skin contact surface 13a as shown in FIG. 1 (b). The skin contact surface 13a is protected until the release paper 14a is peeled off. More preferably, the release paper 14a is made of a material that can be easily peeled off from the skin contact surface 13a with a small force. Examples of the material of the release paper 14a include, for example, a paper that has been siliconized on one side, a paper and polyolefin thin film that have been bonded together, and a silicon film that has been siliconized, or a polyester film that has been siliconized. What you gave. Further, it is preferable that the release paper 14a is provided with a knob 16 that protrudes from a portion covering the skin contact surface 13a because it is easy to peel off.
 貼付材1aLが剥離紙14aを備える場合、図1(b)及び図2(a)に示すように、この剥離紙14aは、切れ目(ハーフカット)17aが設けられていることが好ましい。切れ目17aは、図2(a)に示す第1延出部3aLと第2延出部6aLのそれぞれの根元部23aを横断するように剥離紙14aに設けられる。また、切れ目17aは、各々根元部23aごとに向きを変えて設けられる。あるいは、切れ目17aに代わり、製造工程を簡略化するために、全ての根元部23aを同じ向きで横断する切れ目24aが設けられても良い。図1(b)及び図2(a)に示すように、切れ目17a又は切れ目24aが設けられた剥離紙14aは、基部2aLの皮膚当接面13aを被覆する基部被覆部分25aと、第1先端部5aの皮膚当接面13aを被覆する第1先端部被覆部分26aと、第2先端部22a(図1(b)で不図示)の皮膚当接面13aを被覆する第2先端部被覆部分27a(図1(b)で不図示)と、に分断されている。 When the patch 1aL includes the release paper 14a, as shown in FIGS. 1B and 2A, the release paper 14a is preferably provided with a cut (half cut) 17a. The cut 17a is provided on the release paper 14a so as to cross the respective root portions 23a of the first extension portion 3aL and the second extension portion 6aL shown in FIG. Further, the cut line 17a is provided in a different direction for each root part 23a. Alternatively, in place of the cut line 17a, a cut line 24a that crosses all the root portions 23a in the same direction may be provided in order to simplify the manufacturing process. As shown in FIGS. 1B and 2A, the release paper 14a provided with the cut line 17a or the cut line 24a includes a base covering portion 25a that covers the skin contact surface 13a of the base 2aL, and a first tip. The first tip portion covering portion 26a that covers the skin contact surface 13a of the portion 5a and the second tip portion covering portion that covers the skin contact surface 13a of the second tip portion 22a (not shown in FIG. 1B). 27a (not shown in FIG. 1B).
 剥離紙14aに切れ目17a又は切れ目24aが設けられている場合の貼付材1aLについて、その貼付方法の手順を説明する。図4(a)に示すように、剥離紙14aの基部被覆部分25aを剥離する。第1先端部被覆部分26a及び第2先端部被覆部分27aは、切れ目17a又は切れ目24aにより基部被覆部分25aから分断されているため、皮膚当接面13a上に残る。このため、貼付材1aLを貼付するときに、第1先端部5aや第2先端部22aを指先で摘んで牽引しやすい。 The procedure of the sticking method is demonstrated about the patch 1aL in case the cut 17a or the cut 24a is provided in the release paper 14a. As shown in FIG. 4A, the base covering portion 25a of the release paper 14a is peeled off. Since the first tip portion covering portion 26a and the second tip portion covering portion 27a are separated from the base portion covering portion 25a by the cut line 17a or the cut line 24a, they remain on the skin contact surface 13a. For this reason, when sticking the patch 1aL, it is easy to pull the first tip portion 5a and the second tip portion 22a with a fingertip.
 次に、例えば、一端部4aと第1先端部5aとをそれぞれ別の手の指先で摘んで、一端部4aから第1先端部5aへ向かう方向に牽引する。このように牽引しながら、図4(b)に示すように、一端部4aのみを弛んだ皮膚部分41の少なくとも一部に貼付する。続けて、基部2aL及び第1延出部3aLを、一端部4aから第1延出部3aLの第1先端部5aへ向かう方向に牽引しながら、他端部12a、根元部23aの順に貼付する。この際に、第1先端部5aを指先等で摘んで牽引すると、基部2aL及び第1延出部3aLが一端部4aから第1延出部3aLの第1先端部5aへ向かう方向に牽引されている状態を保つことができる。 Next, for example, the one end portion 4a and the first tip portion 5a are picked by the fingertips of different hands and pulled in the direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a. While pulling in this way, as shown in FIG. 4 (b), only one end 4a is affixed to at least a part of the slack skin portion 41. Subsequently, while pulling the base 2aL and the first extension 3aL in the direction from the one end 4a toward the first tip 5a of the first extension 3aL, the other end 12a and the root 23a are attached in this order. . At this time, if the first tip portion 5a is picked and pulled by a fingertip or the like, the base portion 2aL and the first extension portion 3aL are pulled in the direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a of the first extension portion 3aL. Can keep the state.
 さらに次に、図4(c)に示すように、第1先端部被覆部分26aを剥離して、基部2aL及び第1延出部3aLを一端部4aから第1先端部5aへ向かう方向に牽引しながら、第1延出部3aLの第1先端部5aを貼付する。最後に、第2先端部被覆部分27aを剥離して、一端部4aから、第1延出部3aLが牽引されながら貼付された方向とは別方向に第2先端部22aを牽引しながら、他端部12a、根元部23a、第2延出部6aLの第2先端部22aの順に貼付する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 4C, the first tip portion covering portion 26a is peeled off, and the base portion 2aL and the first extending portion 3aL are pulled in the direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a. Meanwhile, the first tip 5a of the first extension 3aL is pasted. Finally, the second tip portion covering portion 27a is peeled off, and the second tip portion 22a is pulled from the one end portion 4a in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion 3aL is attached while being pulled. It sticks in order of the edge part 12a, the base part 23a, and the 2nd front-end | tip part 22a of the 2nd extension part 6aL.
 上記のように、貼付材1aLが切れ目17a又は切れ目24が設けられた剥離紙14aを備える場合、図4(a)に示すように基部被覆部25aを剥離しても、まだ第1先端部被覆部26a及び第2先端部被覆部27aが残っている。このため、図4(b)に示すように、一端部4aを弛んだ皮膚部分41の少なくとも一部に貼付するときに、誤って第1先端部5aや第2先端部22aが皮膚に付着することを避けることができる。また、第1延出部3aLを牽引するときに、第2先端部被覆部分27aが残っているため、誤って第2先端部22aが皮膚に付着することを避けることができる。このように、貼付材1aLが切れ目17a又は切れ目24aが設けられた剥離紙14aを備える場合、貼付する者は、図4(a),(b),(c)に示すそれぞれの手順を、落ち着いて一つずつ行うことができる。このため、弛みを矯正された皮膚が自然な外観となるように貼付することが、さらに容易となる。 As described above, when the patch 1aL includes the release paper 14a provided with the cut line 17a or the cut line 24, even if the base cover part 25a is peeled as shown in FIG. The portion 26a and the second tip portion covering portion 27a remain. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 4B, when the one end 4a is affixed to at least a part of the slack skin portion 41, the first tip portion 5a and the second tip portion 22a are mistakenly attached to the skin. You can avoid that. Moreover, since the 2nd front-end | tip part covering part 27a remains when pulling the 1st extension part 3aL, it can avoid that the 2nd front-end | tip part 22a adheres to skin accidentally. Thus, when sticking material 1aL is provided with release paper 14a provided with cut 17a or cut 24a, the person who sticks settles each procedure shown in Drawing 4 (a), (b), and (c). Can be done one by one. For this reason, it becomes easier to apply the skin so that the slack has been corrected so that the skin has a natural appearance.
 本発明者は、弛んだ皮膚部分41をより更に効率よく矯正するために、皮膚にシワ、弛みが生じる原因を解剖学的な観点から検討した。前述した固定された皮膚部分42は、皮膚が老化しても身体での位置が固定された状態で保たれている。なお、固定された皮膚部分42としては、例えば、図4(c)に示すヒトの頭部51において、前頭部の頭髪の生え際部分52、眉間53、内眼角54、外眼角55、前鼻棘56、頤57、又は外耳道58等を被覆している皮膚部分が挙げられ、これらの皮膚部分は筋組織、腱組織、軟骨組織等を介して骨組織に強固に結合している。また、固定された皮膚部分42としては、ほうれい線59が生じる皮膚及びその周辺の皮膚部分60が挙げられ、これらの皮膚部分は表情筋群を介して口腔内の上顎骨と歯肉部に緩徐に支持固定されている。 The present inventor examined the cause of wrinkles and looseness in the skin from an anatomical point of view in order to correct the loosened skin portion 41 more efficiently. The fixed skin portion 42 described above is maintained in a state where the position on the body is fixed even when the skin ages. As the fixed skin portion 42, for example, in the human head 51 shown in FIG. 4C, the hairline portion 52 of the frontal head hair, the eyebrow 53, the inner eye angle 54, the outer eye angle 55, the front nose Examples thereof include skin portions covering the spines 56, the heels 57, the external auditory canal 58, and the like, and these skin portions are firmly bonded to the bone tissue through muscle tissue, tendon tissue, cartilage tissue, and the like. Examples of the fixed skin portion 42 include the skin where the constriction line 59 is generated and the surrounding skin portion 60, and these skin portions slowly move to the maxilla and gingival portion in the oral cavity via facial muscles. Is supported and fixed.
 一方、弛んだ皮膚部分41は、身体での位置が固定されておらず、老化により皮膚の面積を増した状態にある。面積を増し余剰となった皮膚が、固定された皮膚部分42を支持部位にして重力により垂れ下がることで、皮膚にシワ、弛みが生じる。その結果として、顔面の皮膚が老化したヒトは、顔貌が変形して老人性顔貌になると考えられる。 On the other hand, the position of the loose skin portion 41 is not fixed, and the skin area is increased due to aging. The surplus skin with an increased area hangs down due to gravity with the fixed skin portion 42 as a support site, thereby causing wrinkles and slack in the skin. As a result, it is considered that a human whose facial skin is aged is transformed into a senile facial appearance.
 従来の貼付材は、その一部を固定された皮膚部分42やその周辺部分に貼付しやすい形状や大きさではないことに加えて、設計段階で解剖学的な観点に基づいて固定された皮膚部分42の位置が考慮されていないと考えられる。また、解剖学的な観点から固定されていない皮膚部分は、日常生活において、筋組織の収縮に伴い頻繁に動く。例えば、顔面のうちで解剖学的な観点から固定されていない皮膚部分は、表情の変化により頻繁に大きく動いている。従来の貼付材は、弛んだ皮膚部分41が解剖学的な観点から固定されていない皮膚部分に向けて牽引されているように貼付される場合が多々あり、弛んだ皮膚部分41が牽引される方向が安定しなかったと考えられる。このため、従来の貼付材を貼付しても、皮膚に生じたシワ、弛みを効率よく自然な顔貌となるように矯正することは難しかったと考えられる。 The conventional patch is not a shape or size that is easy to stick to the skin part 42 to which the part is fixed or its peripheral part, and the skin fixed based on an anatomical viewpoint at the design stage. It is considered that the position of the portion 42 is not considered. Moreover, the skin part which is not fixed from an anatomical viewpoint moves frequently with contraction of muscle tissue in daily life. For example, a skin portion that is not fixed from the anatomical point of view of the face frequently moves greatly due to a change in facial expression. In many cases, the conventional patch is applied so that the slack skin portion 41 is pulled toward an unfixed skin portion from an anatomical viewpoint, and the slack skin portion 41 is pulled. It seems that the direction was not stable. For this reason, even if a conventional patch is applied, it is considered difficult to correct wrinkles and slacks that occur on the skin so that the natural facial appearance can be efficiently obtained.
 これに対して、図2(b)に示すように、適切に貼付されたときに、貼付材1aLは、基部2aLが頬上部の皮膚部分61の少なくとも一部に貼付され、第1延出部3aLの第1先端部5a、及び第2延出部6aLの第2先端部22aが耳前の皮膚部分62の少なくとも一部に貼付される形状である。頬上部の皮膚部分61は、ほうれい線59と耳前との間にある皮膚部分63であるともいえる。顔面に深いほうれい線59が表れたヒトで、頬上部の皮膚部分61は弛みを生じており、弛んだ皮膚部分41に該当する。また、耳前の皮膚部分62は、外耳道58及び内耳道を被覆する管状の軟骨組織等により側頭骨に強固に結合されており、固定された皮膚部分42に該当する。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 2 (b), when properly affixed, the base material 2aL is affixed to at least a part of the skin portion 61 of the upper cheek, and the first extension part The 3aL first tip 5a and the second tip 22a of the second extension 6aL are attached to at least a part of the skin portion 62 in front of the ear. It can be said that the skin part 61 in the upper cheek is a skin part 63 between the constriction line 59 and the front of the ear. In a human whose deep constriction line 59 appears on the face, the skin portion 61 in the upper cheek is slackened and corresponds to the slackened skin portion 41. The skin portion 62 in front of the ear is firmly connected to the temporal bone by a tubular cartilage tissue or the like covering the external auditory canal 58 and the inner ear canal, and corresponds to the fixed skin portion 42.
 基部2aL及び第1延出部3aLを一端部4aから第1先端部5aへ向かう方向に牽引しながら、基部2aLを頬上部の皮膚部分61の少なくとも一部に貼付してから、第1先端部5aを耳前の皮膚部分62の下部の少なくとも一部に貼付し、次いで、第2先端部22aを、第1延出部3aLを牽引しながら貼付した方向とは別方向に牽引しながら耳前の皮膚部分62の上部の少なくとも一部に貼付すると、頬上部の皮膚部分61にある余剰皮膚が耳前の皮膚部分62に向けて牽引される。この牽引されている状態は、貼付材1aLを貼付している限り、日常生活で筋肉が収縮して表情が変わっても安定して保たれる。このため、貼付材1aLを適切に貼付すると、従来の貼付材を貼付するよりも、弛んだ頬上部の皮膚部分61にある余剰皮膚を効率よく矯正することができる。また、頬上部の皮膚部分61にある余剰皮膚が矯正されると、ほうれい線59が平坦化して浅くなる。このため、貼付材1aLは、深いほうれい線59を生じた者に対して、皮膚矯正用貼付材として好適に用いることができる。 While pulling the base portion 2aL and the first extending portion 3aL in the direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a, the base portion 2aL is applied to at least a part of the skin portion 61 of the upper cheek, and then the first tip portion 5a is affixed to at least a part of the lower part of the skin portion 62 in front of the ear, and then the front end of the ear is pulled while pulling the second tip 22a in a direction different from the direction in which the second extension 22a is pulled. When applied to at least a part of the upper part of the skin part 62, the excess skin in the skin part 61 in the upper cheek is pulled toward the skin part 62 in front of the ear. As long as the patch 1aL is affixed, this pulled state can be kept stable even if the muscle contracts and the facial expression changes in daily life. For this reason, if the patch 1aL is appropriately affixed, the excess skin in the skin portion 61 on the loose upper cheek can be more efficiently corrected than when the conventional patch is affixed. Further, when the excess skin in the upper cheek skin portion 61 is corrected, the constricted line 59 is flattened and becomes shallower. For this reason, the patch 1aL can be suitably used as a skin correction patch for a person who has generated the deep constricted wire 59.
 顔面の筋組織は、顔面の正中部にある骨組織と、顔面の左側又は右側(正中に対して外側)にある骨組織とを、直接的又は間接的に連結している。さらに、表情筋は、皮膚の真皮に直接刺入するように結合している。このため、図4(c)に示すように、顔面の筋組織の両端部分(顔面の正中部と顔面の外側)にある腱組織を被覆する皮膚は、固定された皮膚部分42に該当する。また、弛んだ皮膚部分41が重力により垂れ下がると、皮膚にシワが生じて老人性顔貌となる。このため、弛んだ皮膚部分41に対して顔面の外側上方にある固定された皮膚部分42に向けて牽引するように貼付材を弛んだ皮膚部分41に貼付すると、この弛んだ皮膚部分41に対して内側下方の方向にあるシワを効率よく平坦化させて老人性顔貌を矯正することができる。 The facial muscle tissue directly or indirectly connects the bone tissue in the median part of the face and the bone tissue on the left or right side of the face (outside from the median). Furthermore, the facial muscles are connected so as to penetrate directly into the dermis of the skin. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 4C, the skin covering the tendon tissue at both ends of the facial muscle tissue (the median part of the face and the outside of the face) corresponds to the fixed skin part 42. Further, when the slack skin portion 41 hangs down due to gravity, wrinkles are generated in the skin, resulting in a senile facial appearance. For this reason, when the patch is applied to the slack skin portion 41 so as to be pulled toward the fixed skin portion 42 located on the upper outer side of the face with respect to the slack skin portion 41, In addition, the wrinkles in the inner and lower direction can be efficiently flattened to correct the senile facial features.
 図2(a)に示すように、貼付材1aLの第1延出部3aL及び第2延出部6aLは、好ましくは、ほうれい線59や頬上部の皮膚部分61に対して、顔面の正中から外側上方の方向にある耳前の皮膚部分62に貼付される。このように貼付材1aLを貼付すると、ほうれい線59から頬上部の皮膚部分61を介して耳前の皮膚部分62へ向かう方向の牽引力が、頬上部の皮膚部分61にある余剰皮膚の広範囲に及んでいる状態が保持される。この作用により、貼付材1aLを適切に貼付すると、顔面において頬上部の皮膚部分61の内側下方にあるほうれい線59を効率よく平坦化させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 2 (a), the first extending portion 3aL and the second extending portion 6aL of the patch 1aL are preferably centered on the face with respect to the constriction line 59 and the skin portion 61 on the upper cheek. Is applied to the skin portion 62 in front of the ear in the direction of the outer upper side. When the patch 1aL is applied in this way, the pulling force in the direction from the constricted line 59 to the skin part 62 in front of the ear via the skin part 61 in the upper cheek is spread over a wide range of excess skin in the skin part 61 in the upper cheek. The extended state is maintained. With this action, when the patch 1aL is properly applied, the constriction line 59 located on the lower inner side of the upper cheek skin portion 61 on the face can be efficiently flattened.
 また、貼付材1aLを貼付するときは、なるべく基部2aL及び第1延出部3aLの下縁に沿った方向に第1延出部3aLを牽引しながら貼付してから、第2延出部6aLを顔面の外側上方にある固定された皮膚部分42に向けて牽引しながら貼付することが良い。第1延出部3aLを貼付したときに、弛んだ皮膚部分41は、基部2aL及び第1延出部3aLの下縁に沿った方向に牽引された状態となり、更に第2延出部6aLを貼付したときに、弛んだ皮膚部分41は、更に顔面の外側上方に向けて牽引されている状態になる。先に、弛んだ皮膚部分41が基部2aL及び第1延出部5aLの下縁に沿った方向に牽引された状態になるため、後で外側上方へ向けて牽引しながら貼付するときに、牽引方向や牽引力の強さを調節しながら貼付しやすくなる。弛んだ皮膚部分41を自然な形で矯正できるように、貼付材1aLを貼付しやすくなる。 In addition, when applying the patch 1aL, the first extension 3aL is applied while pulling the first extension 3aL in the direction along the lower edge of the base 2aL and the first extension 3aL as much as possible, and then the second extension 6aL. It is good to stick it, pulling toward the fixed skin part 42 which exists on the outer side upper side of the face. When the first extending portion 3aL is pasted, the slack skin portion 41 is pulled in the direction along the lower edge of the base portion 2aL and the first extending portion 3aL, and further the second extending portion 6aL is moved. When affixed, the loosened skin portion 41 is further pulled toward the upper outside of the face. First, since the slack skin portion 41 is pulled in the direction along the lower edges of the base portion 2aL and the first extension portion 5aL, when pulling it toward the upper outside later, it is pulled. It becomes easy to stick while adjusting the direction and strength of traction force. It becomes easy to apply the patch 1aL so that the loose skin portion 41 can be corrected in a natural manner.
 貼付材1aLの基部2aLは、その略四角形状の外形における辺が曲線状であり、2つの角部分18aにアールが設けられているため、基部2aLの輪郭部分に牽引力が局所的に集中して及び弛んだ皮膚部分41に不自然な陥凹が生じることは、避けられる。また、基部2aLは、一定の面積を有する略四角形状であるため、弛んだ皮膚部分41の広範囲に貼付することができ、弛んだ皮膚部分41を広範囲にわたって牽引することができる。このため、従来の基部が細い貼付材を貼付する場合や、基部の面積が小さい貼付材を貼付する場合と比べて、貼付材1aLを貼付する場合は、皮膚の弛みを効率よく不自然に見えないように矯正することができる。さらに、第1延出部3aLや第2延出部6aLは、舌状であるため、その外形に鋭角を有しておらず、これら延出部を貼付された皮膚部分に牽引力が局所的に集中して及び不自然な陥凹が生じることを、避けることができる。 Since the base 2aL of the patch 1aL has a curved side in the substantially rectangular outer shape and the corners 18a are rounded, the traction force is locally concentrated on the contour of the base 2aL. In addition, the occurrence of an unnatural depression in the loose skin portion 41 is avoided. Further, since the base 2aL has a substantially square shape having a certain area, it can be applied to a wide range of the slack skin portion 41, and the slack skin portion 41 can be pulled over a wide range. For this reason, when the patch 1aL is pasted compared to the case where a pasting material having a thin base is pasted or the case where a patch having a small base area is pasted, the looseness of the skin looks efficiently and unnatural. It can be corrected so that there is no. Further, since the first extending portion 3aL and the second extending portion 6aL are tongue-shaped, they do not have an acute angle in their outer shapes, and traction force is locally applied to the skin portion to which these extending portions are attached. Concentrated and unnatural depressions can be avoided.
[実施形態2]
 図5(a)に示す実施形態2に係る貼付材(1fL,1fR)は、前述した貼付材1aLと同様の構成と作用効果を有し、その適切な貼付方法も同様である。しかし、形状の一部や、貼付に適する身体の部位等が異なるため、この異なる点を説明する。また、貼付材1fLについて説明するが、その説明内容は、貼付材1fLの形状に対して鏡像対称の形状である貼付材1fRについても同様である。貼付材1fLは、支持体8f及び粘着剤層9fを備え、さらに、基部2f、第1延出部3f、第2延出部6f、及び第3延出部7fを備えて構成している。なお、本発明において第3延出部とは、複数ある延出部のうちで、第1延出部と第2延出部とが貼付された後で次に貼付される延出部である。
[Embodiment 2]
The patch (1fL, 1fR) according to Embodiment 2 shown in FIG. 5 (a) has the same configuration and operational effects as the patch 1aL described above, and the appropriate sticking method is also the same. However, since a part of the shape, a body part suitable for attachment, and the like are different, this different point will be described. Moreover, although the patch 1fL will be described, the description is the same for the patch 1fR having a mirror image symmetrical shape with respect to the shape of the patch 1fL. The patch 1fL includes a support 8f and an adhesive layer 9f, and further includes a base 2f, a first extension 3f, a second extension 6f, and a third extension 7f. In addition, in this invention, a 3rd extension part is an extension part affixed next after a 1st extension part and a 2nd extension part are affixed among several extension parts. .
 貼付材1fLは全体としてE字状であり、その基部2fは一端部4fと他端部12fを有し略四角形状である。基部2fの寸法は、一の辺19fから2つある凹頂点20fのいずれか近い方へ至る最短距離を横方向の長さとし、この横方向と直交する方向での基部2fの最短の幅を縦方向の長さとするときに、例えば縦35mm×横35mmである。 The sticking material 1fL is E-shaped as a whole, and its base 2f has one end 4f and the other end 12f, and is substantially rectangular. The dimension of the base portion 2f is such that the shortest distance from one side 19f to the closest of the two concave vertices 20f is the horizontal length, and the shortest width of the base portion 2f in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction is the vertical length. When it is set as the length in the direction, it is, for example, 35 mm long × 35 mm wide.
 第3延出部7fは、舌状の外形であり、他端部12fから延出しており、第1延出部3fが延出している方向や第2延出部6fが延出している方向とは別方向へ延出している。第3延出部7fの舌状の先端部分を第3先端部38fとする。3つある延出部のうちで、貼付材1fLを身体に貼付するときに最も下側に貼付される延出部を第1延出部3fとし、中間に貼付される延出部分を第2延出部6fとし、最も上側に貼付される延出部を第3延出部7fとすることが、皮膚の弛みを下側から上側へ牽引して矯正する観点から好ましい。この場合、第1延出部3fの延出方向と第2延出部6fの延出方向は5~10°開いており、第2延出部6fの延出方向と第3延出部7fの延出方向は25~40°開いており、第1延出部3fの延出方向と第3延出部7fの延出方向は30~50°開いている。 The third extension portion 7f has a tongue-like outer shape, extends from the other end portion 12f, and extends in the direction in which the first extension portion 3f extends and in the direction in which the second extension portion 6f extends. It extends in a different direction. The tongue-like tip portion of the third extending portion 7f is referred to as a third tip portion 38f. Of the three extension parts, the extension part that is applied to the lowermost side when applying the patch 1fL to the body is the first extension part 3f, and the extension part that is attached in the middle is the second extension part. The extension portion 6f and the extension portion attached to the uppermost side as the third extension portion 7f are preferable from the viewpoint of correcting the slackness of the skin by pulling it from the lower side to the upper side. In this case, the extending direction of the first extending portion 3f and the extending direction of the second extending portion 6f are 5 to 10 degrees apart, and the extending direction of the second extending portion 6f and the third extending portion 7f The extending direction of the first extending portion 3f and the extending direction of the third extending portion 7f are opened 30 to 50 °.
 図5(b)により、貼付材1fLの適切な貼付方法の手順を説明する。基部2f及び第1延出部3fを一端部4fから第1延出部3fの第1先端部5fへ向かう方向に牽引しながら、基部2fを弛んだ皮膚部分41の少なくとも一部に貼付する。この牽引している状態を保ったまま、顔面で弛んだ皮膚部分41の外側上方にある皮膚部分に、第1延出部3fの第1先端部5fを貼付する。次いで、第2延出部6fの第2先端部22fを、第1延出部3fを牽引しながら貼付した方向とは別方向に牽引しながら、顔面で弛んだ皮膚部分41の外側上方にある皮膚部分に貼付する。最後に、第3延出部7fの第3先端部38fを、第1延出部3fを牽引しながら貼付した方向や、第2延出部6fを牽引しながら貼付した方向とは別方向に牽引しながら、顔面で弛んだ皮膚部分41の外側上方にある皮膚部分に貼付する。 Referring to FIG. 5 (b), the procedure of an appropriate application method for the adhesive material 1fL will be described. While pulling the base 2f and the first extension 3f in the direction from the one end 4f toward the first tip 5f of the first extension 3f, the base 2f is affixed to at least a part of the slack skin portion 41. The first tip portion 5f of the first extending portion 3f is affixed to the skin portion above the outside of the skin portion 41 that is slackened on the face while keeping this pulled state. Next, the second distal end portion 22f of the second extension portion 6f is above the outer side of the skin portion 41 that is slackened on the face while pulling in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion 3f is pasted while pulling. Apply to the skin. Finally, the third tip portion 38f of the third extension portion 7f is attached in a direction different from the direction in which the third extension portion 3f is attached while pulling the first extension portion 3f or the direction in which the second extension portion 6f is attached. While pulling, it is applied to the skin portion located on the outer side of the skin portion 41 slackened on the face.
 上記のように複数方向に牽引されている状態で適切に貼付されたときの貼付材1fLは、その基部2fが、頬上部の皮膚部分64の少なくとも一部と、下眼瞼の皮膚部分68の少なくとも一部に貼付される形状である。さらに、第1先端部5fが耳前の皮膚部分62の下部の少なくとも一部に貼付され、第2先端部22fが耳前の皮膚部分62の上部の少なくとも一部に貼付され、第3延出部7fの第3先端部38fがこめかみの皮膚部分69の少なくとも一部に貼付される形状である。 As described above, the patch 1fL when properly applied in a state of being pulled in a plurality of directions has at least a base portion 2f of at least a part of the skin portion 64 of the upper cheek and at least a skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid. The shape is affixed to a part. Further, the first tip 5f is affixed to at least a part of the lower part of the skin part 62 in front of the ear, and the second tip 22f is affixed to at least a part of the upper part of the skin part 62 in front of the ear. The third tip portion 38f of the portion 7f is shaped to be affixed to at least a part of the temple portion 69 of the temple.
 下眼瞼の皮膚部分68は、下眼瞼とこめかみとの間にある皮膚部分70であるといえる。目尻(外眼角部)にいわゆるカラスの足跡71が表れた者は、下眼瞼の隆起(いわゆる眼袋)に加えて、下眼瞼の皮膚部分68に弛みを生じており、この下眼瞼の皮膚部分68は弛んだ皮膚部分41に該当する。また、こめかみの皮膚部分69は、前頭部の頭髪の生え際部分52の一部であり、帽状腱膜、前頭筋膜、側頭筋膜等を介して頭蓋骨骨膜に強固に結合しており、固定された皮膚部分42に該当する。このため、貼付材1fLを適切に貼付すると、下眼瞼の皮膚部分68の弛みが矯正されて、カラスの足跡71が平坦化して浅くなる。 It can be said that the skin part 68 of the lower eyelid is a skin part 70 between the lower eyelid and the temple. A person who has a so-called crow's footprint 71 appearing at the corner of the eye (external eye corner) has slack in the skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid in addition to the bulge of the lower eyelid (so-called eye bag). Corresponds to the loose skin portion 41. The temple portion 69 of the temple is a part of the hairline portion 52 of the frontal hair and is firmly bonded to the skull periosteum via a cap-like aponeurosis, frontal fascia, temporal fascia, etc. This corresponds to the fixed skin portion 42. For this reason, if the patch 1fL is properly applied, the looseness of the skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid is corrected, and the footprint 71 of the crow becomes flat and shallow.
 また、適切に貼付材1fLを貼付すると、さらに、前述した貼付材1aLを適切に貼付した場合に発揮される作用効果も同時に発揮される。このため、貼付材1fLは、深いほうれい線59を生じ、同時にカラスの足跡71が表れた者に対して、皮膚矯正用貼付材として好適に用いることができる。 In addition, when the patch 1fL is properly applied, the effects exhibited when the above-described patch 1aL is appropriately applied are also exhibited. For this reason, the patch 1fL can be suitably used as a patch for correcting skin to a person who generates the deep constricted line 59 and at the same time the crow's feet 71 appear.
 皮膚に弛みを生じた者が、弛みを矯正するために美容外科手術又は美容外科的治療を受ける場合がある。美容外科手術又は美容外科的治療後に、弛んだ皮膚部分41が望ましい形状に保持されるように、弛んだ皮膚部分41に貼付材を貼付する。しかし、従来の貼付材は弛んだ皮膚部分41の保持に適した形状ではないため、患者が自作した貼付材を自身に貼付していた。貼付材の形状や貼付方法が適切でない場合、弛んだ皮膚部分41が望ましい形状になるまでに6月を要していた。また、患者は、弛んだ皮膚部分41が望ましい形状になるまで、医師による経過観察を受けるために医院に通う必用がある。6月にわたり何度も通院する負担を強いられてきた。 ¡Those who have slack in the skin may receive cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery to correct the slack. After cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery, a patch is applied to the slack skin portion 41 so that the slack skin portion 41 is held in a desired shape. However, since the conventional patch is not in a shape suitable for holding the loose skin portion 41, the patch self-made by the patient is pasted on itself. When the shape and method of the patch were not appropriate, it took 6 months for the loose skin portion 41 to become the desired shape. The patient also needs to go to the clinic for follow-up by the doctor until the loose skin portion 41 has the desired shape. Over the course of June, I have been forced to visit many times.
 また、顔面神経麻痺を罹患した患者は、片側の顔面神経に障害が生じると、顔面の片側のみで皮膚が垂れ下がるため、そのQOLが著しく低下する。顔面神経麻痺に対して各種治療法があるが、即効的な効果のある治療法は少ない。患者は、症状が改善するまでの間、医師による経過観察を受け続けるが、その間に患者のQOLの低下を防ぐため、弛んだ皮膚部分41を適切な形状で保持できる対処法が求められていた。顔面神経麻痺を罹患したため手術又は治療を受けた患者が、弛んだ皮膚部分41が望ましい形状に保持されるように貼付材を貼付する場合がある。この場合も、患者が自作した貼付材を自身に貼付していたが、弛んだ皮膚部分41を効率よく不自然な外観とならないように保持することは難しかった。 Also, in patients suffering from facial nerve palsy, when the facial nerve on one side is damaged, the skin droops only on one side of the face, so the QOL is significantly reduced. There are various treatments for facial paralysis, but there are few treatments that have immediate effects. The patient continues to be followed up by the doctor until the symptoms improve, but in order to prevent a decrease in the patient's QOL during that time, a countermeasure that can hold the loose skin portion 41 in an appropriate shape has been demanded. . A patient who has undergone surgery or treatment due to facial paralysis may apply a patch so that the loose skin portion 41 is held in a desired shape. In this case as well, the patient's self-made patch was applied to himself, but it was difficult to efficiently hold the loose skin portion 41 so as not to have an unnatural appearance.
 これに対して、頬上部の皮膚部分64及び下眼瞼の皮膚部分68について美容外科手術又は美容外科的治療を受けた患者や、顔面神経麻痺を罹患したため手術又は治療を受けた患者にとって、貼付材1fLは、頬上部の皮膚部分64及び下眼瞼の皮膚部分68を同時に矯正できるため、皮膚矯正用貼付材として優れている。例えば、貼付材1fLを用いた場合、頬上部の皮膚部分64が望ましい形状になるまでの期間が、2月に短縮、つまり、3分の1に短縮された。 On the other hand, the patch material is used for patients who have undergone cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery for the skin portion 64 of the upper cheek and the skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid, or for patients who have undergone surgery or treatment due to facial paralysis. 1fL is excellent as a skin correction patch because it can simultaneously correct the skin portion 64 of the upper cheek and the skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid. For example, when the patch 1fL was used, the period until the skin portion 64 at the upper cheek became a desired shape was shortened to 2 months, that is, 1/3.
 なお、図5(a)に示すように、貼付材1fLは、切れ目17f又は切れ目24fが設けられた剥離紙14fを備えることが好ましい。この場合の剥離紙14fは、基部被覆部分25f,第1先端部被部分26f,第2先端部被覆部分27f,及び第3先端部被覆部分39fに分断されている。 In addition, as shown to Fig.5 (a), it is preferable that the patch 1fL is provided with the release paper 14f provided with the cut 17f or the cut 24f. In this case, the release paper 14f is divided into a base covering portion 25f, a first tip portion covered portion 26f, a second tip portion covering portion 27f, and a third tip portion covering portion 39f.
[実施形態3]
 図6(a)に示す実施形態3に係る貼付材1iは、前述した貼付材1aLと同様の構成と作用効果を有し、その適切な貼付方法も同様である。しかし、形状の一部や、貼付に適する身体の部位等が異なるため、この異なる点を説明する。貼付材1iは、支持体8i及び粘着剤層9iを備え、さらに、基部2i、第1延出部3i、第2延出部6i、及び第3延出部7iを備えて構成している。また、貼付材1iは全体としてΨ字状である線対称の形状であり、その基部2iは一端部4iと他端部12iを有し略四角形状である。基部2iの寸法は、一の辺19iから2つある凹頂点20iのいずれか近い方へ至る最短距離を横方向の長さとし、この横方向と直交する方向での基部2iの最短の幅を縦方向の長さとするときに、例えば縦25mm×横35mmである。貼付材1iの3つある延出部のうちで、貼付材1iの対称軸上にある延出部を第1延出部3iとする。さらに、貼付される者にとって第1延出部3iの右側に貼付される延出部と左側に貼付される延出部のうちで、いずれか一方を第2延出部6iとし、他方を第3延出部7iとする。右側と左側のどちらの延出部を第2延出部6iとするかは、任意である。
[Embodiment 3]
The patch 1i according to Embodiment 3 shown in FIG. 6 (a) has the same configuration and operational effects as the patch 1aL described above, and the appropriate sticking method is also the same. However, since a part of the shape, a body part suitable for attachment, and the like are different, this different point will be described. The patch 1i includes a support 8i and an adhesive layer 9i, and further includes a base 2i, a first extension 3i, a second extension 6i, and a third extension 7i. The patch 1i has a line-symmetric shape that is Ψ-shaped as a whole, and its base 2i has a first end 4i and a second end 12i and is substantially rectangular. The dimension of the base 2i is defined as a horizontal length that is the shortest distance from one side 19i to the two concave vertices 20i, and the shortest width of the base 2i in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction is the vertical length. The length in the direction is, for example, 25 mm long × 35 mm wide. Of the three extending portions of the patch 1i, the extended portion on the axis of symmetry of the patch 1i is defined as a first extension 3i. Further, for the person to be affixed, one of the extension part affixed to the right side of the first extension part 3i and the extension part affixed to the left side is designated as the second extension part 6i, and the other is designated as the second extension part 6i. 3 extension part 7i. It is arbitrary which extension part of the right side or the left side is used as the second extension part 6i.
 第1延出部3i、第2延出部6i、及び第3延出部7iは、他端部12iから各々別方向に延出している。第1延出部3iの延出方向と第2延出部6iの延出方向は45~60°開いており、第1延出部3iと第3延出部7iの延出方向は45~60°開いており、第2延出部6iの延出方向と第3延出部7iの延出方向は90~120°開いている。 The first extension part 3i, the second extension part 6i, and the third extension part 7i extend from the other end part 12i in different directions. The extending direction of the first extending portion 3i and the extending direction of the second extending portion 6i are 45 to 60 ° open, and the extending direction of the first extending portion 3i and the third extending portion 7i is 45 to 60 °. The extending direction of the second extending portion 6i and the extending direction of the third extending portion 7i are 90 to 120 ° open.
 図6(b)に示すように、複数方向に牽引されている状態で適切に貼付されたときの貼付材1iは、その基部2iが眉間の皮膚部分74の少なくとも一部に貼付され、その第1延出部3i、第2延出部6i及び第3延出部7iが額の皮膚部分75の少なくとも一部に貼付される形状である。また、その基部2iの一端部4iが、鼻背の皮膚部分76の少なくとも一部に貼付される。眉間にシワが表れた者は、眉間の皮膚部分74に弛みを生じており、当該眉間の皮膚部分74は弛んだ皮膚部分41に該当する。また、鼻背の皮膚部分76は、鼻根筋等の筋組織を介して鼻骨下部や外側鼻軟骨上部に強固に固定されているため、固定された皮膚部分42に該当する。 As shown in FIG. 6 (b), the base material 2i when the base material 2i is properly attached while being pulled in a plurality of directions is attached to at least a part of the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows. The 1 extension part 3i, the 2nd extension part 6i, and the 3rd extension part 7i are the shapes stuck on at least one part of the skin part 75 of a forehead. Also, one end 4i of the base 2i is affixed to at least a part of the skin portion 76 on the back of the nose. A person who has wrinkles between the eyebrows has slackened skin portion 74 between the eyebrows, and the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows corresponds to the loosened skin portion 41. The nasal dorsal skin portion 76 corresponds to the fixed skin portion 42 because it is firmly fixed to the lower nasal bone and the upper outer nasal cartilage via the muscle tissue such as the nasal root muscle.
 貼付材1iの貼付方法は、実施形態2に係る貼付材1fLについて前述した貼付方法と同様である。ただし、貼付材1fLの貼付方法と比べて、貼付材1iの貼付方法は、第1延出部3iを貼付してから、次に、第1延出部3iの右側又は左側にある第2延出部6iを貼付し、最後に、まだ貼付されていない第3延出部7iを貼付することが異なる。 The sticking method of the patch 1i is the same as the sticking method described above for the patch 1fL according to the second embodiment. However, as compared with the method of applying the patch 1fL, the method of applying the patch 1i is to apply the second extension on the right or left side of the first extension 3i after the first extension 3i is attached. The difference is that the protruding portion 6i is pasted, and finally the third extending portion 7i that has not been pasted is pasted.
 貼付材1iが貼付されたときに、眉間の皮膚部分74は、鼻背の皮膚部分76から眉間の皮膚部分74を介して額の皮膚部分75へ向かう方向に、牽引されている状態で安定して保持されている。眉間の皮膚部分74の弛みが矯正されると、眉間のシワが平坦化して浅くなる。このため、貼付材1iは、眉間にシワが生じた者に対して、皮膚矯正用貼付材として好適に用いることができる。また、貼付材1iは、前述した貼付材1fLと同様に、眉間の皮膚部分74について美容外科手術又は美容外科的治療を受けた患者や、顔面神経麻痺を罹患したため手術又は治療を受けた患者にとって、皮膚矯正用貼付材として優れている。 When the patch 1i is affixed, the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows is stably pulled in the direction from the skin portion 76 on the back of the nose to the skin portion 75 of the forehead through the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows. Is held. When the looseness of the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows is corrected, the wrinkles between the eyebrows are flattened and become shallow. For this reason, the patch 1i can be suitably used as a skin correction patch for a person who has wrinkles between the eyebrows. Also, the patch 1i is similar to the patch 1fL described above for patients who have undergone cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery for the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows, or for patients who have undergone surgery or treatment because of facial facial paralysis. Excellent as a skin correction patch.
 なお、図6(a)に示すように、貼付材1iは、切れ目17i又は切れ目24iが設けられた剥離紙14iを備えることが好ましい。この場合の剥離紙14iは、基部被覆部分25i,第1先端部被部分26i,第2先端部被覆部分27i,及び第3先端部被覆部分39iに分断されている。 In addition, as shown to Fig.6 (a), it is preferable that the sticking material 1i is provided with the release paper 14i provided with the cut 17i or the cut 24i. The release paper 14i in this case is divided into a base covering portion 25i, a first tip portion covered portion 26i, a second tip portion covering portion 27i, and a third tip portion covering portion 39i.
[実施形態4]
 図7(a)(b)(c)に示す実施形態4に係る貼付材(1d,1e,1t)は、前述した貼付材1aLと同様の構成と作用効果を有し、その適切な貼付方法も同様である。しかし、形状の一部や、貼付に適する身体の部位等が異なるため、この異なる点を説明する。貼付材(1d,1e,1t)は、支持体(8d,8e,8t)及び粘着剤層(9d,9e,9t)を備え、さらに、基部(2d,2e,2t)、第1延出部(3d,3e,3t)、及び第2延出部(6d,6e,6t)を備えて構成している。また、貼付材(1d,1e,1t)は、線対称の形状であるため、顔面の右左のどちら側にも適切に貼付することができる。
[Embodiment 4]
The adhesive material (1d, 1e, 1t) according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIGS. 7 (a), (b), and (c) has the same configuration and operational effects as the adhesive material 1aL described above, and an appropriate application method thereof. Is the same. However, since a part of the shape, a body part suitable for attachment, and the like are different, this different point will be described. The patch (1d, 1e, 1t) includes a support (8d, 8e, 8t) and an adhesive layer (9d, 9e, 9t), and further includes a base (2d, 2e, 2t) and a first extension portion. (3d, 3e, 3t) and the second extending portion (6d, 6e, 6t). Moreover, since the patch (1d, 1e, 1t) is a line-symmetric shape, it can be appropriately affixed to either the right or left side of the face.
 図7(a)に示す貼付材1dは全体としてV字状であり、その基部2dは一端部4dと他端部12dを有し略四角形状である。基部2dの寸法は、一の辺19dから凹頂点20dへ至る最短距離を横方向の長さとし、この横方向と直交する方向での基部2dの最短の幅を縦方向の長さとするときに、例えば縦15mm×横35mmである。第1延出部3dの延出方向と第2延出部6dの延出方向は、40~60°開いている。 The adhesive material 1d shown in FIG. 7 (a) is V-shaped as a whole, and its base 2d has a substantially rectangular shape having one end 4d and the other end 12d. The dimension of the base 2d is set such that the shortest distance from one side 19d to the concave vertex 20d is the horizontal length, and the shortest width of the base 2d in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction is the vertical length. For example, it is 15 mm long × 35 mm wide. The extending direction of the first extending part 3d and the extending direction of the second extending part 6d are opened by 40 to 60 °.
 図7(d)に示すように、複数方向に牽引されている状態で適切に貼付されたときの貼付材1dは、その基部2dが下眼瞼の皮膚部分68の少なくとも一部に貼付される。また、第1延出部3dの第1先端部5dが、こめかみの皮膚部分69の下部の少なくとも一部に貼付される。さらに、第2延出部6dの第2先端部22dが、こめかみの皮膚部分69の上部の少なくとも一部に貼付される。前述したように、下眼瞼の皮膚部分68は、下眼瞼とこめかみとの間にある皮膚部分70であり、弛んだ皮膚部分41に該当する。また、こめかみの皮膚部分69は、固定された皮膚部分42に該当する。下眼瞼の皮膚部分68の弛みが矯正されると、カラスの足跡71が平坦化して浅くなる。このため、貼付材1dは、目尻にカラスの足跡71が表れた者に対して、皮膚矯正用貼付材として好適に用いることができる。 As shown in FIG. 7 (d), the base 2d of the patch 1d when properly pasted while being pulled in a plurality of directions is stuck to at least a part of the skin portion 68 of the lower eyelid. Also, the first tip 5d of the first extension 3d is affixed to at least a part of the lower part of the temple portion 69 of the temple. Further, the second distal end portion 22d of the second extending portion 6d is affixed to at least a part of the upper part of the skin portion 69 of the temple. As described above, the skin part 68 of the lower eyelid is the skin part 70 between the lower eyelid and the temple and corresponds to the loose skin part 41. The temple portion 69 of the temple corresponds to the fixed skin portion 42. When the slack of the skin part 68 of the lower eyelid is corrected, the footprint 71 of the crow becomes flat and shallow. For this reason, the patch 1d can be suitably used as a patch for skin correction for those who have crow footprints 71 appearing on the corners of the eyes.
 図7(b)に示す貼付材1eは全体としてU字状であり、その基部2eは一端部4eと他端部12eを有し横方向に短い略四角形状である。基部2eの寸法は、一の辺19eから凹頂点20eへ至る最短距離を横方向の長さとし、この横方向と直交する方向での基部2eの最短の幅を縦方向の長さとするときに、例えば縦40mm×横30mmである。第1延出部3eの延出方向と第2延出部6eの延出方向は、30~50°開いている。また、図7(d)に示すように、複数方向に牽引されている状態で適切に貼付されたときの貼付材1eは、図2(b)で前述した貼付材1aLと同様の身体の部位に貼付される。このため、貼付材1eは、深いほうれい線59を生じた者に対して、皮膚矯正用貼付材として好適に用いることができる。また、貼付材1eを2枚用いると、貼付材1aLと貼付材1aRを1枚ずつ用いる場合と同様の作用効果を発揮する。 The adhesive material 1e shown in FIG. 7 (b) has a U-shape as a whole, and its base 2e has one end 4e and the other end 12e and has a substantially rectangular shape that is short in the lateral direction. The dimension of the base portion 2e is the shortest distance from one side 19e to the concave vertex 20e as the horizontal length, and the shortest width of the base portion 2e in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction is the vertical length. For example, it is 40 mm long × 30 mm wide. The extending direction of the first extending part 3e and the extending direction of the second extending part 6e are opened by 30 to 50 °. Further, as shown in FIG. 7 (d), the adhesive material 1e when appropriately applied while being pulled in a plurality of directions is a body part similar to the adhesive material 1aL described above with reference to FIG. 2 (b). Affixed to For this reason, the adhesive material 1e can be suitably used as an adhesive material for skin correction to a person who has generated the deep constricted wire 59. Further, when two sheets of patch 1e are used, the same effects as when one patch 1aL and one patch 1aR are used are exhibited.
 図7(c)に示す貼付材1tは全体としてU字状であり、その基部2tは一端部4tと他端部12tを有し横長の略四角形状である。基部2tの寸法は、一の辺19tから凹頂点20tへ至る最短距離を横方向の長さとし、この横方向と直交する方向での基部2tの最短の幅を縦方向の長さとするときに、例えば縦40mm×横53mmである。第1延出部3tの延出方向と第2延出部6tの延出方向は、30~50°開いている。 The adhesive material 1t shown in FIG. 7 (c) is U-shaped as a whole, and the base 2t has a side portion 4t and the other end portion 12t, and has a horizontally long substantially square shape. The dimension of the base 2t is defined as the shortest distance from one side 19t to the concave vertex 20t being the horizontal length, and the shortest width of the base 2t in the direction perpendicular to the horizontal direction being the vertical length. For example, it is 40 mm long × 53 mm wide. The extending direction of the first extending part 3t and the extending direction of the second extending part 6t are 30 to 50 ° open.
 図7(d)に示すように、複数方向に牽引されている状態で適切に貼付に貼付されたときの貼付材1tは、その基部2tが頬下部の皮膚部分64の少なくとも一部に貼付されている。また、第1延出部3tの第1先端部5t、及び第2延出部6tの第2先端部22tが、耳垂前部の皮膚部分65の少なくとも一部に貼付されている。さらに、一端部4t及び頬下部の皮膚部分64が、第1先端部5tへ向かう方向と、これとは別方向にある第2先端部22tへ向かう方向と、の複数方向に牽引されている。 As shown in FIG. 7 (d), the base material 2t of the sticking material 1t when properly stuck to the sticking while being pulled in a plurality of directions is stuck on at least a part of the skin part 64 in the lower cheek. ing. Further, the first tip 5t of the first extension 3t and the second tip 22t of the second extension 6t are affixed to at least a part of the skin portion 65 at the front of the earlobe. Further, the skin portion 64 at the one end 4t and the lower cheek is pulled in a plurality of directions, a direction toward the first tip 5t and a direction toward the second tip 22t in a different direction.
 頬下部の皮膚部分64は、マリオネットライン66と耳垂前部との間にある皮膚部分67であるといえる。顔面にマリオネットライン66が表れたヒトでは、頬下部の皮膚部分64に弛みが生じており、当該頬下部の皮膚部分64は弛んだ皮膚部分41に該当する。また、耳垂前部の皮膚部分65は、外耳道58及び内耳道を被覆する軟骨組織等により側頭骨に強固に結合されており、固定された皮膚部分42に該当する。頬下部の皮膚部分64の弛みが矯正されると、マリオネットライン66が平坦化して浅くなる。このため、貼付材1tは、マリオネットライン66を生じた者に対して、皮膚矯正用貼付材として好適に用いることができる。 It can be said that the skin part 64 in the lower cheek is a skin part 67 between the marionette line 66 and the front of the earlobe. In a human whose marionette line 66 appears on the face, the skin portion 64 below the cheek is loosened, and the skin portion 64 below the cheek corresponds to the loose skin portion 41. The skin portion 65 in the front of the earlobe is firmly connected to the temporal bone by cartilage tissue or the like covering the external auditory canal 58 and the inner ear canal, and corresponds to the fixed skin portion 42. When the slack of the skin portion 64 at the lower cheek is corrected, the marionette line 66 becomes flat and shallow. For this reason, the patch 1t can be suitably used as a patch for skin correction for those who have created the marionette line 66.
 貼付材1tの基部2tは、貼付材1eの基部2eよりも横長であるため、弛んだ皮膚部分41の広範囲にわたり貼付されることができる。このため、貼付されたときに、貼付材1tは、貼付材1eよりも弛んだ皮膚を矯正する効果が大きい。また、弛んだ皮膚部分41は全方向に皮膚の面積が拡大した状態にあるが、その拡大の程度は、人によって、あるいは年齢等によって、大きく異なっている。これらのことから、貼付材1eは、好ましくは、皮膚の面積が少し拡大した者、例えば40代又は50代の者にとって老人性顔貌の矯正用の貼付材として用いられる。また、貼付材1tは、好ましくは、皮膚の面積が大きく拡大した者、例えば、60代以上の者にとって老人性顔貌の矯正用の貼付材として用いられる。 Since the base 2t of the patch 1t is longer than the base 2e of the patch 1e, it can be applied over a wide range of the loose skin portion 41. For this reason, when applied, the adhesive material 1t has a greater effect of correcting loosened skin than the adhesive material 1e. Further, the loose skin portion 41 is in a state in which the area of the skin is enlarged in all directions, but the extent of the enlargement varies greatly depending on the person or age. For these reasons, the patch 1e is preferably used as a patch for correcting senile facial features for a person whose skin area is slightly enlarged, for example, a person in their 40s or 50s. In addition, the patch 1t is preferably used as a patch for correcting senile facial features for a person whose skin area is greatly enlarged, for example, a person in their 60s or more.
 貼付材(1e,1t)の貼付に適する身体の部位や、一度に貼付する貼付材の数は、図7(d)で示した例に限られない。例えば、複数方向に牽引されながら貼付されたときの貼付材1eは、その基部2eが頬下部の皮膚部分64の少なくとも一部に貼付され、その第1延出部3eの第1先端部5e、及び第2延出部6eの第2先端部22eが耳垂前部の皮膚部分65の少なくとも一部に貼付されて、マリオネットライン66を生じた者に対して皮膚矯正用貼付材として用いられても良い。さらに、もう1枚の貼付材1eが、図2(b)で前述した貼付材1aLと同様の身体の部位で複数方向に牽引されながら貼付されて、深いほうれい線59とマリオネットライン66の両方に対して同時に皮膚の弛みを矯正する効果を発揮させても良い。あるいは、複数方向に牽引されながら貼付されたときの貼付材1tは、図2(b)で前述した貼付材1aLと同様の身体の部位に貼付されて、深いほうれい線59を生じた者に対して、皮膚矯正用貼付材として好適に用いられても良い。 The body part suitable for the application of the adhesive material (1e, 1t) and the number of adhesive materials applied at a time are not limited to the example shown in FIG. For example, the sticking material 1e when stuck while being pulled in a plurality of directions has its base 2e attached to at least a part of the skin portion 64 at the lower cheek, and the first tip 5e of the first extension 3e, And the 2nd tip part 22e of the 2nd extension part 6e is affixed on at least one part of the skin part 65 of the front part of the earlobe, and is used as a patch for skin correction with respect to the person who produced the marionette line 66. Also good. Further, another patch 1e is stuck while being pulled in a plurality of directions at the same body part as the patch 1aL described above with reference to FIG. You may exhibit the effect which corrects the looseness of the skin simultaneously with respect to both. Alternatively, the adhesive material 1t applied when pulled while being pulled in a plurality of directions is applied to a body part similar to the adhesive material 1aL described above with reference to FIG. On the other hand, it may be suitably used as a skin correction patch.
 なお、図7(a)(b)(c)に示すように、貼付材(1d,1e,1t)のそれぞれは、切れ目(17d,17e,17t)又は切れ目(24d,24e,24t)が設けられた剥離紙(14d,14e,14t)を備えることが好ましい。この場合の剥離紙(14d,14e,14t)のそれぞれは、基部被覆部分(25d,25e,25t),第1先端部被部分(26d,26e,26t),第2先端部被覆部分(27d,27e,27t)に分断されている。また、貼付材(1d,1e,1t)では、身体に貼付されるときに下側に貼付される延出部を第1延出部(3d,3e,3t)とし、上側に貼付される延出部を第2延出部(6d,6e,6t)とすることが、弛んだ皮膚部分41を引き上げるように矯正する観点から好ましい。 As shown in FIGS. 7A, 7B, and 7C, each of the patch materials (1d, 1e, 1t) is provided with a cut (17d, 17e, 17t) or a cut (24d, 24e, 24t). It is preferable to provide the release paper (14d, 14e, 14t). Each of the release papers (14d, 14e, 14t) in this case includes a base covering portion (25d, 25e, 25t), a first tip portion covered portion (26d, 26e, 26t), and a second tip portion covering portion (27d, 27e, 27t). Further, in the adhesive material (1d, 1e, 1t), the extension part that is attached to the lower side when attached to the body is the first extension part (3d, 3e, 3t), and the extension part that is attached to the upper side. The protruding portion is preferably the second extending portion (6d, 6e, 6t) from the viewpoint of correcting the loosened skin portion 41 to be lifted.
[実施形態5]
 実施形態5に係る貼付材(不図示)は、前述した貼付材(1aL,1aR,1d,1e,1fL,1fR,1i,1t)のいずれかと同様の形状と作用効果を有し、その適切な貼付方法や貼付に適する身体の部位も同様である。また、切れ目(不図示)が設けられた剥離紙(不図示)を備えると好ましい点も共通する。しかし、支持体や粘着剤層の構成が異なるため、この異なる点を説明する。本形態に係る貼付材は、支持体及び粘着剤層を備え、さらに、一端部と他端部を有する基部、第1延出部、及び第2延出部を少なくとも備えて構成している。さらに、第3延出部を備えて構成しても良い。
[Embodiment 5]
The adhesive material (not shown) according to Embodiment 5 has the same shape and effect as any of the adhesive materials (1aL, 1aR, 1d, 1e, 1fL, 1fR, 1i, and 1t) described above. The same applies to the application method and the body part suitable for application. Moreover, it is preferable to provide a release paper (not shown) provided with a cut (not shown). However, since the structure of a support body and an adhesive layer differs, this different point is demonstrated. The patch according to the present embodiment includes a support and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and further includes at least a base portion having one end portion and another end portion, a first extension portion, and a second extension portion. Furthermore, you may comprise with a 3rd extension part.
 本形態に係る貼付材の支持体の厚さは、6~50μmであり、好ましくは7~30μmである。支持体の厚さが6~50μmであると、貼付材を皮膚に貼付したときに、使用者が違和感を覚えることなく、貼付材が牽引されている状態で保持されやすい。さらに、支持体の厚さが7~30μmである場合は、使用者が貼付材を扱いやすい厚さであり、貼付材が皮膚の矯正に適した引張応力を示す。なお、支持体の厚さが薄すぎると、貼付材が牽引されている状態で貼付されている間に、支持体の引張応力が弱くなってしまう。支持体の引張応力が弱くなりすぎると、弛んだ皮膚部分に及ぶ牽引力が弱くなり、皮膚を矯正する効果が小さくなってしまう。また、支持体が厚すぎると、貼付材を皮膚に貼付したときに、貼付された者が皮膚に違和感を覚えてしまう。 The thickness of the support of the patch according to this embodiment is 6 to 50 μm, preferably 7 to 30 μm. When the thickness of the support is 6 to 50 μm, when the patch is applied to the skin, the user does not feel uncomfortable and the patch is easily held while being pulled. Further, when the thickness of the support is 7 to 30 μm, the thickness is easy for the user to handle the patch, and the patch exhibits a tensile stress suitable for correcting the skin. In addition, when the thickness of the support is too thin, the tensile stress of the support becomes weak while the sticking material is being pulled. If the tensile stress of the support becomes too weak, the traction force on the loose skin part becomes weak and the effect of correcting the skin becomes small. On the other hand, if the support is too thick, when the adhesive is applied to the skin, the person who has applied it feels uncomfortable on the skin.
 本形態に係る貼付材の支持体は、その20%引張強度が0.1~3N/cmであるフィルムにより構成されている。支持体の20%引張強度が0.1~3N/cmであると、支持体が適度な伸縮性を示すため、貼付材を皮膚に貼付したときに、貼付材が皮膚の曲面に追従して伸縮しつつ、他端部から各々延出部へ向けて牽引されている状態を保持しやすい。なお、支持体の20%引張強度が小さすぎると、支持体が柔らかいため、弛んだ皮膚部分に及ぶ牽引力が弱くなり、皮膚を矯正する効果が小さくなってしまう。また、貼付材を皮膚から剥離するときに、支持体が必用以上に伸縮するため、剥離しにくい。支持体の20%引張強度が大きすぎると、皮膚の伸縮に対する支持体の抵抗が強いため、使用者が皮膚に違和感を覚え、長時間貼付していると皮膚刺激を生じるおそれがある。また、支持体が皮膚曲面に追従して伸縮しないため、皮膚に貼付された貼付材が短時間で剥脱するおそれがある。 The support of the patch according to this embodiment is composed of a film having a 20% tensile strength of 0.1 to 3 N / cm. When the 20% tensile strength of the support is 0.1 to 3 N / cm, the support exhibits an appropriate stretchability. Therefore, when the patch is applied to the skin, the patch follows the curved surface of the skin. While extending and contracting, it is easy to maintain the state of being pulled from the other end portion toward the extending portion. If the 20% tensile strength of the support is too small, the support is soft, so that the traction force on the loose skin part is weakened, and the effect of correcting the skin is reduced. Further, when the patch is peeled from the skin, the support expands and contracts more than necessary, so that it is difficult to peel off. If the 20% tensile strength of the support is too high, the support is highly resistant to stretching of the skin, so that the user feels uncomfortable on the skin and may cause skin irritation if applied for a long time. In addition, since the support does not expand and contract following the curved surface of the skin, the patch applied to the skin may be detached in a short time.
 なお、20%引張強度の測定方法としては、支持体を1cm幅に切断した試験片を準備して、チャック間距離を5cmに設定して、試験片を30cm/minの速度で引っ張り変形させて、試験片が20%伸びたときの応力を測定する。このときの測定値を、支持体の20%引張強度とする。試験片の材質によっては温度により測定値が変わる場合があるため、この測定方法は、通常、25℃の恒温室内で行われる。 As a method for measuring 20% tensile strength, a test piece having a support cut to a width of 1 cm is prepared, the distance between chucks is set to 5 cm, and the test piece is pulled and deformed at a speed of 30 cm / min. The stress when the test piece is stretched by 20% is measured. The measured value at this time is defined as the 20% tensile strength of the support. Since the measured value may vary depending on the temperature depending on the material of the test piece, this measurement method is usually performed in a thermostatic chamber at 25 ° C.
 本形態に係る貼付材の粘着剤層は、その厚さが5~100μmであり、好ましくは10~40μmである。粘着剤層の厚さが5~100μmであると、貼付材が皮膚から剥脱しにくく、貼付材を剥がすときに皮膚の損傷を免れ、皮膚は蒸れにくくなる。なお、粘着剤層の厚さが薄すぎると、粘着力が足りず、皮膚の凹凸に馴染みにくいため、意図せずに貼付材が皮膚から剥脱するおそれがある。粘着剤層が厚すぎると、粘着力が強すぎるため、皮膚から貼付材を剥がすときに皮膚を損傷させるおそれがある。また、貼付材と皮膚との段差が大きいため、貼付材が目立ち、また、貼付材が衣服に引っかかり剥脱しやすい。さらに、粘着剤層が厚すぎると、粘着剤の材質によっては、粘着剤層の透湿性が低くなり、皮膚が蒸れてしまう。 The thickness of the adhesive layer of the patch according to this embodiment is 5 to 100 μm, preferably 10 to 40 μm. When the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 5 to 100 μm, the patch is difficult to peel off from the skin, and when the patch is peeled off, the skin is prevented from being damaged and the skin is not easily moistened. If the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is too thin, the adhesive force is insufficient and it is difficult to adjust to the unevenness of the skin, so that the patch may unintentionally peel off from the skin. If the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is too thick, the adhesive strength is too strong, and there is a risk of damaging the skin when peeling the patch from the skin. In addition, since the step between the patch and the skin is large, the patch is conspicuous, and the patch is easily caught on clothes and peeled off. Furthermore, when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is too thick, depending on the material of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, the moisture permeability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is lowered, and the skin is steamed.
[実施形態6]
 図8(a)(b)に示す実施形態6に係る貼付材(1q,1r)は、前述した貼付材(1aL,1aR,1d,1e,1fL,1fR,1i,1t)、及び実施形態5に係る貼付材(不図示)からなる群より選ばれたいずれかの貼付材と同様の形状と作用効果を有し、その適切な貼付方法や貼付に適する身体の部位も同様である。さらに、切れ目(17q,17r)又は切れ目(24q,24r)が設けられた剥離紙(14q,14r)を備えると好ましいことも、同じである。しかし、支持体等の構成が異なるため、この異なる点を説明する。貼付材(1q,1r)は、支持体(8q,8r)及び粘着剤層(9q,9r)を備え、さらに、一端部(4q,4r)と他端部(12q,12r)を有する基部(2q,2r)、第1延出部(3q,3r)、及び第2延出部(不図示)を少なくとも備えて構成している。さらに、第3延出部(不図示)を備えて構成しても良い。
[Embodiment 6]
The patch (1q, 1r) according to Embodiment 6 shown in FIGS. 8 (a) and 8 (b) is the patch (1aL, 1aR, 1d, 1e, 1fL, 1fR, 1i, 1t) described above and Embodiment 5. It has the same shape and action effect as any one of the adhesive materials selected from the group consisting of the adhesive materials (not shown), and the same applies to the appropriate application method and body part suitable for application. Furthermore, it is also preferable that a release paper (14q, 14r) provided with a cut (17q, 17r) or a cut (24q, 24r) is provided. However, since the configurations of the support and the like are different, this different point will be described. The patch (1q, 1r) includes a support (8q, 8r) and an adhesive layer (9q, 9r), and further has a base (1q, 4r) and another end (12q, 12r). 2q, 2r), a first extension part (3q, 3r), and a second extension part (not shown). Furthermore, you may comprise with a 3rd extension part (not shown).
 貼付材(1q,1r)は、その支持体(8q,8r)の厚さをwとするとき、支持体(8q,8r)の他面(10q,10r)の十点平均粗さRzが、6μm≦Rz≦40μmであり、かつ、Rz≦wである。また、貼付材(1q,1r)は、その支持体(8q,8r)の厚さをwとするときの他面(10q,10r)のRzが、好ましくは10μm≦Rz≦40μmかつRz≦wであり、さらに好ましくは17μm≦Rz≦35μmかつRz≦wである。なお、他面(10q,10r)のRzは、JIS B 0601:2001に準拠して、基準長さ500μm、カットオフ値200μmの条件で、表面粗さ測定器により他面10の表面形状を測定して得られた値である。 When the thickness of the support (8q, 8r) is w, the patch (1q, 1r) has a ten-point average roughness Rz of the other surface (10q, 10r) of the support (8q, 8r), 6 μm ≦ Rz ≦ 40 μm and Rz ≦ w. Further, the adhesive material (1q, 1r) has an Rz on the other surface (10q, 10r), preferably 10 μm ≦ Rz ≦ 40 μm and Rz ≦ w, where w is the thickness of the support (8q, 8r). More preferably, 17 μm ≦ Rz ≦ 35 μm and Rz ≦ w. The Rz of the other surface (10q, 10r) is measured in accordance with JIS B 0601: 2001 under the conditions of a reference length of 500 μm and a cut-off value of 200 μm using a surface roughness measuring instrument. This is the value obtained.
 支持体(8q,8r)は、表面性状が6μm≦Rz≦40μmとなるように、他面(10q,10r)に凹凸が設けられている。6μm≦Rz≦40μmとなる凹凸の深さは、皮膚表面の凹凸の深さに近いため、他面(10q,10r)の外見は皮膚に似ている。また、凹凸形状により他面(10q,10r)から支持体(8q,8r)内への入射光が散乱されるため、他面(10q,10r)は、そのテカリが抑えられて目立たない。 The support (8q, 8r) is provided with irregularities on the other surface (10q, 10r) so that the surface property is 6 μm ≦ Rz ≦ 40 μm. Since the depth of the irregularities satisfying 6 μm ≦ Rz ≦ 40 μm is close to the depth of the irregularities on the skin surface, the appearance of the other surface (10q, 10r) is similar to that of the skin. In addition, since the incident light from the other surface (10q, 10r) into the support (8q, 8r) is scattered due to the uneven shape, the other surface (10q, 10r) is not conspicuous because its shine is suppressed.
 6μm≦Rz≦40μmとなる凹凸の深さは、他面(10q,10r)にコンシーラーの粉末が塗布された後に更にファンデーションの粉末が塗布されたときに、これら複数種類の化粧料の粉末を他面(10q,10r)上に保持するうえで適している。ファンデーションやコンシーラーの平均粒子径は一般的に0.1~60μmと幅広いことに対して、他面(10q,10r)が6μm≦Rz≦40μmとなる凹凸の深さであると、凹凸が粒子径の異なる複数種類の化粧料の粉末を保持することができるため、化粧ののりが良い。 The depth of the irregularities satisfying 6 μm ≦ Rz ≦ 40 μm is such that when the foundation powder is applied after the concealer powder is applied to the other surface (10q, 10r), these multiple types of cosmetic powders Suitable for holding on the surface (10q, 10r). The average particle diameter of the foundation or concealer is generally as wide as 0.1 to 60 μm, whereas the unevenness is the particle diameter when the other surface (10q, 10r) has an uneven depth of 6 μm ≦ Rz ≦ 40 μm. Since it is possible to hold a plurality of types of cosmetic powders, the makeup paste is good.
 他面(10q,10r)のRzが6μm未満であると、ファンデーションの粉末やコンシーラーの粉末の平均粒子径に対して凹凸の深さが小さすぎるため、これら化粧料の粉末が他面(10q,10r)でほとんど保持されない場合が多い。これら化粧料の粉末を指先で撫でて塗布しようとしても、化粧料の粉末が他面(10q,10r)から滑り落ちてしまう。他面(10q,10r)のRzが40μmを超えると、これら化粧料の粉末の平均粒子径に対して凹凸の深さが大きすぎるため、化粧料を他面(10q,10r)に厚く塗りすぎたときに拭き取りにくい。なお、他面(10q,10r)が17μm≦Rz≦35μmとなる凹凸の深さであると、皮膚と同程度の凹凸の深さであるため、肌から化粧料を拭き取るときに近い感覚で、他面(10q,10r)から化粧料を拭き取ることができる。 If the Rz of the other surface (10q, 10r) is less than 6 μm, the depth of the unevenness is too small with respect to the average particle diameter of the foundation powder or the concealer powder. In many cases, it is hardly held at 10r). Even if these cosmetic powders are applied with a fingertip by stroking, the cosmetic powder slides off from the other surface (10q, 10r). If the Rz of the other surface (10q, 10r) exceeds 40 μm, the depth of the unevenness is too large with respect to the average particle diameter of these cosmetic powders, so the cosmetic is applied too thickly on the other surface (10q, 10r). It is difficult to wipe it off. In addition, since the other surface (10q, 10r) has an unevenness depth of 17 μm ≦ Rz ≦ 35 μm, the depth of the unevenness is similar to that of the skin. Cosmetics can be wiped off from the other side (10q, 10r).
 Rz≦wとは、他面(10q,10r)に形成された凹凸の深さが、支持体(8q,8r)の厚さw以下であることを示している。Rz=wである場合には、他面(10q,10r)から一面(11q,11r)へ至る貫通孔が支持体(8q,8r)に多数設けられて、貫通孔の底に粘着剤層(9q,9r)が露出している。この場合も、他面(10q,10r)に形成された凹凸により、ファンデーションの粉末やコンシーラーの粉末が保持される。なお、塗布される化粧料は、ペースト状の化粧料、又は粒子を含有する液状の化粧料であると、他面(10q,10r)上で保持されやすく、貼付され化粧料を塗布された貼付材(1q,1r)の外観がその周囲の皮膚になじみやすいため好ましい。 Rz ≦ w indicates that the depth of the unevenness formed on the other surface (10q, 10r) is equal to or less than the thickness w of the support (8q, 8r). When Rz = w, a large number of through holes from the other surface (10q, 10r) to one surface (11q, 11r) are provided in the support (8q, 8r), and the adhesive layer ( 9q, 9r) are exposed. Also in this case, the foundation powder and the concealer powder are held by the unevenness formed on the other surface (10q, 10r). In addition, if the cosmetic to be applied is a paste-like cosmetic or a liquid cosmetic containing particles, it is easy to be held on the other surface (10q, 10r), and the applied cosmetic is applied. The appearance of the material (1q, 1r) is preferable because it is easy to adjust to the surrounding skin.
 図8(a)に示す貼付材1qは、その支持体8qがポリアクリル酸エステル系樹脂により構成されている。また、貼付材1qは、硬いフィルム28と、このフィルム28の片面を覆う粘着剤層29が設けられたキャリアー15qを備える。キャリアー15qの粘着剤層29の粘着剤は、凝集力が高いため流出しない。また、キャリアー15qの粘着剤層29は、他面10qを被覆する。キャリアー15qの粘着剤層29の厚さは3~20μmと薄いため、使用者は、他面10qからキャリアー15qを容易に剥離することができる。他面10qに形成された凹凸は、貼付材1qが貼付される直前まで、キャリアー15qにより保護される。貼付材1qを製造する際には、支持体8qがキャリアー15qにより支持されるため、貼付材1qを製造しやすい。 In the patch 1q shown in FIG. 8 (a), the support 8q is made of a polyacrylate resin. The patch 1q includes a carrier 15q provided with a hard film 28 and an adhesive layer 29 that covers one surface of the film 28. The pressure-sensitive adhesive in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 29 of the carrier 15q does not flow out because of its high cohesive force. The adhesive layer 29 of the carrier 15q covers the other surface 10q. Since the adhesive layer 29 of the carrier 15q is as thin as 3 to 20 μm, the user can easily peel the carrier 15q from the other surface 10q. The irregularities formed on the other surface 10q are protected by the carrier 15q until immediately before the patch 1q is pasted. When manufacturing the patch 1q, since the support 8q is supported by the carrier 15q, it is easy to manufacture the patch 1q.
 図8(b)に示す貼付材1rは、その支持体8rがポリウレタンにより構成されている。また、貼付材1rは、フィルム28を含んで成るキャリアー15rを備える。支持体8rを構成するポリウレタンは弱い粘着力を有するため、キャリアー15rには粘着剤層が設けられていなくとも良い。貼付材1rについて、他の構成、作用効果は、前述した貼付材1qと同様である。 As for the patch 1r shown in FIG.8 (b), the support body 8r is comprised with the polyurethane. The patch 1r includes a carrier 15r including a film 28. Since the polyurethane constituting the support 8r has weak adhesive strength, the carrier 15r may not be provided with an adhesive layer. Other configurations and operational effects of the patch 1r are the same as those of the patch 1q described above.
 従来、弛んだ皮膚部分を矯正しようと顔面等に貼付材を貼付すると、貼付材が目立ってしまう問題があった。貼付材が目立たないように貼付できる皮膚部分は、耳の後ろ側等の頭髪に隠れる部分や衣服で隠れる部分に限られていた(特許文献1を参照)。美容外科の手術や美容外科的治療、あるいは、顔面神経麻痺に対する手術や治療を受けた患者は、弛んだ皮膚部分を望ましい形状に保持させるために顔面にサイズの大きな貼付材を貼付し、目立つ貼付材によりQOLを低下させていた。特に、日中に外出する女性の患者は、QOLを大幅に低下させていた。 Conventionally, there has been a problem that when the adhesive material is applied to the face or the like to correct the loose skin part, the adhesive material becomes conspicuous. The skin portion that can be stuck so that the patch is not conspicuous is limited to the portion hidden behind the head hair such as the back side of the ear or the portion hidden by the clothes (see Patent Document 1). Patients who have undergone cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery, or surgery or treatment for facial nerve palsy, apply a large-sized patch to the face to keep the loose skin part in the desired shape. QOL was lowered by the material. In particular, female patients who went out during the day had significantly reduced QOL.
 これに対して、貼付材(1q,1r)は、顔面等の皮膚に貼付しても、その他面(10q,10r)が皮膚に似ており目立ちにくい。さらに、貼付材(1q,1r)は、皮膚に貼付された後に他面(10q,10r)上に化粧を施されると、外見上、皮膚との見分けがほとんどつかない。このため、貼付材(1q,1r)は、顔面の皮膚に貼付しても使用者のQOLをほとんど低下させない。日中に外出する者、特に女性や患者のQOLを保つために、貢献することができる。 On the other hand, even if the patch (1q, 1r) is affixed to the skin such as the face, the other surface (10q, 10r) resembles the skin and is hardly noticeable. Furthermore, when the patch (1q, 1r) is applied to the other surface (10q, 10r) after being applied to the skin, it is almost indistinguishable from the skin. For this reason, even if the patch (1q, 1r) is affixed to the facial skin, the QOL of the user is hardly reduced. You can contribute to keeping the quality of life for those who go out during the day, especially women and patients.
[実施形態7]
 図9(a)に示す実施形態7に係る貼付具(30aL,30aR)は、前述した貼付材(1aL,1aR)を保持しており、この貼付材(1aL,1aR)を顔面に適切に貼付しやすくするための用具である。顔面の左側に貼付材1aLを貼付するための貼付具30aLについて説明するが、その説明内容は、貼付具30aLの形状に対して鏡像対称の形状である貼付具30aRについても同様である。貼付具30aLは、フレーム35aと、一端部保持手段31aと、第1延出部保持手段32aと、第2延出部保持手段33aとを備える。
[Embodiment 7]
The patch (30aL, 30aR) according to Embodiment 7 shown in FIG. 9 (a) holds the patch (1aL, 1aR) described above, and this patch (1aL, 1aR) is appropriately pasted on the face. It is a tool to make it easier to do. The patch 30aL for affixing the patch 1aL to the left side of the face will be described. The description is the same for the patch 30aR having a mirror image symmetrical shape with respect to the shape of the patch 30aL. The affixing tool 30aL includes a frame 35a, one end holding means 31a, a first extending part holding means 32a, and a second extending part holding means 33a.
 フレーム35aは、貼付材1aLを囲む環状である。このフレーム35a上の別々の箇所に、2つの一端部保持手段31a、1つの第1延出部保持手段32a、及び1つの第2延出部保持手段33aが取り付けられている。2つの一端部保持手段31aのそれぞれは、一端部4aの2つの角部分18aを保持する。第1延出部保持手段32aは、第1延出部3aLの第1先端部5aを保持する。第2延出部保持手段33aは、第2延出部6aLの第2先端部22aを保持する。一端部保持手段31a、第1延出部保持手段32a、及び第2延出部保持手段33aにより、フレーム35aの環内に貼付材1aLが保持されているため、貼付具30aLの使用者は貼付材1aLを貼付しやすい。 The frame 35a has an annular shape surrounding the patch 1aL. Two one end holding means 31a, one first extension part holding means 32a, and one second extension part holding means 33a are attached to different locations on the frame 35a. Each of the two one end holding means 31a holds the two corner portions 18a of the one end 4a. The first extension portion holding means 32a holds the first tip portion 5a of the first extension portion 3aL. The second extending portion holding means 33a holds the second tip portion 22a of the second extending portion 6aL. Since the patch 1aL is held in the ring of the frame 35a by the one end holding means 31a, the first extension part holding means 32a, and the second extension part holding means 33a, the user of the sticking tool 30aL is stuck. It is easy to stick the material 1aL.
 フレーム35aの素材としては、例えば、合成樹脂、セラミック、弾性を有する鋼線等からなる群より選ばれた1種以上が挙げられる。ここでの合成樹脂としては、例えば、ポリウレタン、又は硬質ビニル等が例示される。一端部保持手段31a、第1延出部保持手段32a、及び第2延出部保持手段33aのそれぞれの構成としては、例えば、粘着テープ、クリップ、合成樹脂製の支持板、及び金属製の支持板等からなる群より選ばれた保持手段が挙げられる。 Examples of the material of the frame 35a include one or more selected from the group consisting of synthetic resin, ceramic, elastic steel wire, and the like. Examples of the synthetic resin here include polyurethane and hard vinyl. As each structure of the one end holding means 31a, the first extending part holding means 32a, and the second extending part holding means 33a, for example, an adhesive tape, a clip, a synthetic resin support plate, and a metal support are used. Examples thereof include holding means selected from the group consisting of plates and the like.
 貼付具30aLは、使用者にとって持ちやすく貼付材1aLを貼付しやすいように、把持部36aを備えることが好ましい。把持部36aは、フレーム35a上において、2つの一端部保持手段31aが取り付けられたそれぞれの箇所の間で、一端部4aが保持されている近くの部分に取り付けられる。なお、フレーム35a及び把持部36aは、鋳造したり又は三次元プリンターを用いたりすることで、一体の部材となるように製造されても良いし、部材ごとに別個に製造されても良い。また、貼付具30aLに保持されている貼付材1aLは、切れ目17aが設けられた剥離紙14aを備えることが好ましい。 The sticking tool 30aL is preferably provided with a gripping portion 36a so that the user can easily hold the sticking material 1aL. The grip portion 36a is attached to a portion on the frame 35a where the one end portion 4a is held between the portions where the two end portion holding means 31a are attached. Note that the frame 35a and the gripping portion 36a may be manufactured as a single member by casting or using a three-dimensional printer, or may be manufactured separately for each member. Moreover, it is preferable that the patch 1aL currently hold | maintained at the sticking tool 30aL is provided with the release paper 14a provided with the cut | interruption 17a.
 皮膚の弛みを矯正する上で望ましいように貼付材1aLを貼付しやすくするために、貼付具30aLでは、基部2aL及び第1延出部3aLが一端部4aから第1先端部5aへ向かう方向に牽引されており、第1延出部3aLが牽引されている方向とは別方向に第2延出部6aLが牽引されている状態で保持されていることが好ましい。このためには、このように牽引された状態の貼付材1aLの2つの角部分18a、第1先端部5a、及び第2先端部22aのそれぞれに接するように貼付材1aLを囲むフレーム35aの形状であることが好ましい。この場合のフレーム35a上で、2つの角部分18aに接する箇所には2つの一端部保持手段31aのそれぞれが取り付けられ、第1先端部5aに接する箇所には第1延出部保持手段32aが取り付けられ、第2先端部22aに接する箇所には第2延出部保持手段33aが取り付けられる。 In order to make it easier to apply the patch 1aL as desired in correcting skin slack, in the patch 30aL, the base portion 2aL and the first extension portion 3aL are directed in a direction from the one end portion 4a toward the first tip portion 5a. It is preferable that the second extending portion 6aL is pulled and held in a direction different from the direction in which the first extending portion 3aL is pulled. For this purpose, the shape of the frame 35a surrounding the adhesive material 1aL so as to be in contact with each of the two corner portions 18a, the first tip portion 5a, and the second tip portion 22a of the adhesive material 1aL in the pulled state as described above. It is preferable that On the frame 35a in this case, each of the two end holding means 31a is attached to a place where the two corner portions 18a are in contact with each other, and the first extension part holding means 32a is provided at a place where the two ends are in contact with the first tip 5a. The second extending portion holding means 33a is attached to a location that is attached and contacts the second tip portion 22a.
 図9(b)に示す貼付具30sLに保持されている貼付材1sLは、支持体8s及び粘着剤層9sを備え、さらに、一端部4sと他端部12sを有する基部2s、第1延出部3s、及び第2延出部(不図示)を備えて構成している。さらに、この貼付材1sLは、前述した貼付材1aLと同様の形状であり、図8(b)に示す貼付材1rと同様に、皮膚当接面13sを被覆する剥離紙14sと、他面10sを被覆するキャリアー15sを備える。この剥離紙14sには、切れ目17sが設けられている。また、貼付具30sLの一端部保持手段31s及び第1延出部保持手段32sのそれぞれは、粘着テープである。一端部保持手段31sは、その一部がフレーム35sに粘着して取り付けられており、その他の部分がキャリアー15sのうちで一端部4sを被覆する部分37に粘着しているため、一端部4sを保持している。第1延出部保持手段32sは、その一部がフレーム35sに粘着して取り付けられており、その他の部分が第1先端部被覆部分26に粘着しているため、第1先端部5sを保持している。第2延出部保持手段(不図示)は、その一部がフレーム35sに粘着して取り付けられており、その他の部分が第2先端部被覆部分(不図示)に粘着しているため、第2先端部(不図示)を保持している。また、貼付具30sLでは、基部2s及び第1延出部3sが一端部4sから第1先端部5sへ向かう方向に牽引され、第1延出部3sが牽引された方向とは別方向に第2先端部(不図示)が牽引された状態で保持されている。 A patch 1sL held by the patch 30sL shown in FIG. 9B includes a support 8s and an adhesive layer 9s, and further includes a base 2s having one end 4s and the other end 12s, and a first extension. A portion 3s and a second extending portion (not shown) are provided. Further, the patch 1sL has the same shape as the patch 1aL described above, and similarly to the patch 1r shown in FIG. 8B, the release paper 14s covering the skin contact surface 13s and the other surface 10s. A carrier 15s for covering The release paper 14s is provided with a cut 17s. Each of the one end holding means 31s and the first extension holding means 32s of the sticking tool 30sL is an adhesive tape. Since one end holding means 31 s is attached to the frame 35 s with a part thereof and the other part is attached to the portion 37 covering the one end 4 s of the carrier 15 s, the one end 4 s is attached. keeping. The first extending portion holding means 32 s is attached to the frame 35 s with a part thereof, and the other portion is attached to the first tip covering portion 26, and therefore holds the first tip portion 5 s. is doing. The second extending portion holding means (not shown) is partly attached to the frame 35s and the other part is attached to the second tip portion covering portion (not shown). 2 The tip (not shown) is held. Further, in the sticking tool 30sL, the base 2s and the first extension 3s are pulled in the direction from the one end 4s toward the first tip 5s, and the first extension 3s is pulled in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension 3s is pulled. 2 The tip (not shown) is held in a pulled state.
 貼付具30sLを用いる貼付材1sLの貼付方法を説明する。貼付材1sLの剥離紙14sは、切れ目17sにより、基部被覆部分25sと、第1先端部被覆部分26sと、第2先端部被覆部分(不図示)に分断されている。このため、図10(a)に示すように、貼付具30sLを用いて貼付材1sLを貼付する直前に、基部被覆部分25sを剥離しても、第1先端部被覆部分26s、及び第2先端部被覆部分26sは皮膚当接面13s上に残る。 The sticking method of the sticking material 1sL using the sticking tool 30sL will be described. The release paper 14s of the patch 1sL is divided into a base covering portion 25s, a first tip covering portion 26s, and a second tip covering portion (not shown) by a cut 17s. For this reason, as shown to Fig.10 (a), even if it peels the base coating | coated part 25s immediately before sticking 1sL using the sticking tool 30sL, the 1st front-end | tip part covering part 26s and the 2nd front-end | tip The part covering portion 26s remains on the skin contact surface 13s.
 次いで、貼付材1sLを貼付する者は、貼付具30sLの把持部36sを持ち、図10(b)に示すように、貼付材1sLの一端部4sを、弛んだ皮膚部分41の少なくとも一部に貼付する。つまり、この場合は、一端部4sを頬上部の皮膚部分61の少なくとも一部に貼付する。一端部4sを貼付したら、貼付材1sLからキャリアー15sを剥離し、同時に、フレーム35sから一端部保持手段31sを剥離する。キャリアー15sと一端部保持手段31sが除かれる。 Next, the person who sticks the patch 1sL has the grip part 36s of the patch 30sL, and the one end 4s of the patch 1sL is placed on at least a part of the loose skin portion 41 as shown in FIG. Affix it. That is, in this case, the one end 4s is affixed to at least a part of the skin portion 61 at the upper cheek. When the one end 4s is pasted, the carrier 15s is peeled from the patch 1sL, and at the same time, the one end holding means 31s is peeled from the frame 35s. The carrier 15s and the one end holding means 31s are removed.
 さらに、貼付材1sLを貼付する者は、把持部36sを持った状態で、貼付材1sLの他端部12s及び根元部23sを、頬上部の皮膚部分61から耳前の皮膚部分62へ向けて押し付ける。このとき、貼付具1sLにより第1先端部5sが第1延出部保持手段32sにより保持され、第2先端部22sが第2延出部保持手段33sに保持されている。このため、押し付ける動作をするだけで、基部2s及び第1延出部3sが一端部4sから第1先端部5sへ向かう方向に牽引された状態で、基部2sが弛んだ皮膚部分41に貼付される。同時に、基部2s、他端部12s及び根元部23sが、弛んだ皮膚部分41に対して顔面の正中から外側上方にある固定された皮膚部分42へ牽引された状態で貼付される。 Further, the person applying the patch 1sL holds the grip portion 36s and directs the other end 12s and the root 23s of the patch 1sL from the skin portion 61 in the upper cheek to the skin portion 62 in front of the ear. Press. At this time, the first tip 5s is held by the first extending portion holding means 32s by the sticking tool 1sL, and the second tip 22s is held by the second extending portion holding means 33s. For this reason, the base 2s and the first extending portion 3s are attached to the loosened skin portion 41 in a state where the base 2s and the first extending portion 3s are pulled in the direction from the one end 4s toward the first tip 5s only by pressing. The At the same time, the base portion 2s, the other end portion 12s, and the root portion 23s are attached to the loose skin portion 41 in a state of being pulled from the midline of the face to the fixed skin portion 42 that is on the outer upper side.
 他端部12s及び根元部23sを貼付したら、図10(c)に示すように、第1先端部被覆部分26sを剥離して、第1先端部5sを指先で摘み、耳前の皮膚部分62へ向けて牽引しながらこの皮膚部分62の下部の少なくとも一部に貼付する。第1延出部3sを貼付したら、第2先端部被覆部分27sを剥離する。部分27sを剥離すると、フレーム35sを顔面から取り外すことができる。最後に、基部2s及び第1延出部3sが牽引されながら貼付された方向とは別方向に、第2先端部22sを牽引しながら耳前の皮膚部分62の上部の少なくとも一部に貼付する。 When the other end portion 12s and the root portion 23s are pasted, as shown in FIG. 10C, the first tip portion covering portion 26s is peeled off, the first tip portion 5s is picked with a fingertip, and the skin portion 62 in front of the ears. It is affixed to at least a part of the lower part of the skin portion 62 while being pulled toward. When the first extending portion 3s is pasted, the second tip portion covering portion 27s is peeled off. When the portion 27s is peeled off, the frame 35s can be removed from the face. Finally, the base 2s and the first extension 3s are attached to at least a part of the upper part of the skin portion 62 in front of the ear while pulling the second tip 22s in a direction different from the direction in which the base 2s and the first extension 3s are attached. .
 貼付具30sLを用いて、図10(a)(b)(c)に示す一連の手順により貼付材1sLを貼付する間、基部2s及び第1延出部3sが一端部4sから第1先端部5sへ牽引された状態で保持され、基部2s及び第1延出部3sが牽引された方向とは別方向に第2先端部22sが牽引された状態で保持されている。また、一連の手順において、貼付具30sLごと貼付材1sLを弛んだ皮膚部分41から固定された皮膚部分42へ押し付けるという簡単な動作により、貼付材1sLを適切に貼付することができる。このため、貼付具30sLを用いて貼付材1sLを貼付すると、基部2sの面積が広い貼付材1sLを、容易に貼付することができる。 While sticking material 1sL is stuck by the series of procedures shown in FIGS. 10A, 10B, and 10C using the sticking tool 30sL, the base portion 2s and the first extending portion 3s are moved from the one end portion 4s to the first tip portion. The second tip 22s is held in a state in which the second tip 22s is pulled in a direction different from the direction in which the base 2s and the first extension 3s are pulled. Further, in a series of procedures, the adhesive material 1sL can be appropriately applied by a simple operation of pressing the adhesive material 1sL together with the adhesive tool 30sL from the loosened skin portion 41 to the fixed skin portion 42. For this reason, when the patch 1sL is pasted using the patch 30sL, the patch 1sL having a large area of the base 2s can be easily pasted.
 図9(a)(b)に示す貼付具(30aL,30aR,30sL)と同様に、本発明に係る貼付具は、図11に示すように、前述した実施形態2~7に係る貼付材(1d,1e,1fL,1fR,1i,1t,不図示)を保持して貼付するための貼付具(30d,30e,30fL,30fR,30i,30t,不図示)であっても良い。これらの貼付具も、そのフレーム(35d,35e,35fL,35fR,35i,35t,不図示)は貼付材を囲む環状であり、当該フレームには2つの一端部保持手段(31d,31e,31fL,31fR,31i,31t,不図示)と、第1延出部保持手段(32d,32e,32fL,32fR,32i,32t,不図示)と、第2延出部保持手段(33d,33e,33fL,33fR,33i,33t,不図示)が取り付けられている。さらに、貼付具(30fL,30fR,30i)には、第3延出部保持手段(34fL,34fR,34i)が取り付けられている。 Like the sticking tools (30aL, 30aR, 30sL) shown in FIGS. 9 (a) and 9 (b), the sticking tool according to the present invention has the patch material according to Embodiments 2 to 7 described above (see FIG. 11). It may be a sticking tool (30d, 30e, 30fL, 30fR, 30i, 30t, not shown) for holding and sticking 1d, 1e, 1fL, 1fR, 1i, 1t (not shown). These stickers also have a frame (35d, 35e, 35fL, 35fR, 35i, 35t, not shown) in an annular shape surrounding the sticking material, and the frame has two one end holding means (31d, 31e, 31fL, 31fR, 31i, 31t (not shown), first extending portion holding means (32d, 32e, 32fL, 32fR, 32i, 32t, not shown), and second extending portion holding means (33d, 33e, 33fL, 33fR, 33i, 33t (not shown) are attached. Furthermore, the 3rd extension part holding means (34fL, 34fR, 34i) is attached to the sticking tool (30fL, 30fR, 30i).
 また、本貼付具に保持されている貼付材は、切れ目(17d,17e,17fL,17fR,17i,17t,不図示)が設けられた剥離紙(14d,14e,14fL,14fR,14i,14t,不図示)とキャリアー(不図示)を備えることが好ましい。この場合の剥離紙のそれぞれは、基部被覆部分、第1先端部被覆部分、第2先端部被覆部分に分断されている。さらに、この場合の貼付材(1fL,1fR,1i)の剥離紙では、第3先端部被覆部分が分断されている。なお、本貼付具に備えられる基部保持手段は、1つであっても良いし、3つ以上であっても良い。 Further, the adhesive material held in the present adhesive tool is a release paper (14d, 14e, 14fL, 14fR, 14i, 14t, 14t, 14fL, 17fR, 17fR, 17i, 17t, not shown) provided with a cut (17d, 17e, 17fL, 17fR, 17i, 17t) It is preferable to provide a carrier (not shown) and a carrier (not shown). Each of the release papers in this case is divided into a base covering portion, a first tip portion covering portion, and a second tip portion covering portion. Furthermore, in the release paper of the adhesive material (1fL, 1fR, 1i) in this case, the third tip portion covering portion is divided. In addition, the base holding means with which this sticking tool is equipped may be one, and may be three or more.
[その他の実施形態]
 本発明に係る貼付材は、前述した実施形態1~7に係る貼付材(1aL,1aR,1d,1e,1fL,1fR,1i,1t,1sL,不図示)と同様の構成と作用効果を有することに加えて、さらに以下に説明する構成や作用効果を有していても良い。
[Other Embodiments]
The patch according to the present invention has the same configuration and operational effects as those of the patches (1aL, 1aR, 1d, 1e, 1fL, 1fR, 1i, 1t, 1sL, not shown) according to the first to seventh embodiments. In addition, you may have the structure and effect which are further demonstrated below.
 本貼付材の透湿度は、500~10,000g/(m・day)であることが好ましい。日常的に皮膚面から300g/(m・day)程度の水蒸気が生じるため、400g/(m・day)未満であると、皮膚が蒸れて皮膚常在菌が増殖し、皮膚に炎症が起こるおそれがある。10,000g/(m・day)を越えると、水、汗又はアルコールが貼付材に吸収されたときに、貼付材が膨潤し、伸びて剥脱しやすくなり、目立ちやすくなってしまう。また、10,000g/(m・day)を越えると、創傷面に貼付材1aLを貼付する場合に、傷口が乾燥してしまうため、貼付材により湿潤療法を行うことができない。 The moisture permeability of the patch is preferably 500 to 10,000 g / (m 2 · day). Since water vapor of about 300 g / (m 2 · day) is generated from the skin on a daily basis, if it is less than 400 g / (m 2 · day), the skin is steamed and normal bacteria on the skin proliferate, causing inflammation in the skin. May happen. If it exceeds 10,000 g / (m 2 · day), when water, sweat, or alcohol is absorbed by the patch, the patch swells and tends to exfoliate and become conspicuous. Further, if it exceeds 10,000 g / (m 2 · day), the wound is dried when the patch 1aL is applied to the wound surface, so that the wet therapy cannot be performed with the patch.
 貼付材の透湿度は、好ましくは800~4,000g/(m・day)であり、さらに好ましくは1,000~3,500g/(m・day)である。800~4,000g/(m・day)であると、皮膚が蒸れにくく、貼付材が膨潤しにくく、貼付材1aLを創に貼付した場合に湿潤環境を形成させて傷を早く治すことができる。 The moisture permeability of the patch is preferably 800 to 4,000 g / (m 2 · day), more preferably 1,000 to 3,500 g / (m 2 · day). When it is 800 to 4,000 g / (m 2 · day), the skin is less likely to be stuffy and the patch is less likely to swell, and when the patch 1aL is applied to the wound, a moist environment is formed to quickly cure the wound. it can.
 実施形態1,4~7に係る貼付材は、第1延出部の延出方向と第2延出部の延出方向が、10~90°開いていても良く、20~60°開いていることが好ましい。実施形態2,3に係る貼付材は、3つある延出部のうちで最も離れた2つの延出部の延出方向が、互いに10~180°開いていても良く、互いに30~120°開いていることが好ましい。また、本発明に係る貼付材は、他端部からそれぞれ別方向に延出している延出部を4つ以上備えて構成しており、4つ以上ある延出部のうちで最も離れた2つの延出部の延出方向が、互いに20~180°の範囲内で開いていても良い。なお、これらの角度が小さすぎると、弛んだ皮膚部分が牽引される各々延出部の間にある範囲が狭くなるため、皮膚の弛みを矯正する効果が弱くなってしまう。あるいは、これらの角度が大きすぎると、各々延出部の間にある方向に及ぶ牽引力が弱いため、皮膚の弛みを矯正する効果が弱くなってしまう。 In the adhesive materials according to Embodiments 1 and 4 to 7, the extending direction of the first extending portion and the extending direction of the second extending portion may be opened by 10 to 90 °, or opened by 20 to 60 °. Preferably it is. In the patch materials according to Embodiments 2 and 3, the extension directions of the two most distant extension portions out of the three extension portions may be 10 to 180 ° apart from each other, and 30 to 120 ° each other. It is preferably open. In addition, the patch according to the present invention is configured to include four or more extending portions extending in different directions from the other end portion, and the most distant 2 of the four or more extending portions. The extending directions of the two extending portions may be open within a range of 20 to 180 °. If these angles are too small, the range between the extended portions to which the slack skin portion is pulled becomes narrow, and the effect of correcting skin slack becomes weak. Alternatively, if these angles are too large, the traction force extending in a certain direction between the extension portions is weak, so that the effect of correcting skin slack becomes weak.
 実施形態1,4~7に係る貼付材で、第1延出部とされている延出部を第2延出部とし、第1延出部とされている延出部を第2延出部として取り扱っても良い。実施形態2に係る貼付材では、第1延出部とされている延出部を第3延出部とし、第3延出部とされている延出部を第1延出部として取り扱っても良い。 In the adhesive material according to Embodiments 1 and 4 to 7, the extension portion that is the first extension portion is the second extension portion, and the extension portion that is the first extension portion is the second extension It may be handled as a part. In the patch according to the second embodiment, the extension portion that is the first extension portion is the third extension portion, and the extension portion that is the third extension portion is handled as the first extension portion. Also good.
 本貼付材は、実施形態3に係る貼付材1iの第1延出部3i,第2延出部6i,及び第3延出部7iが、図6(a)(b)に図示されているよりも長く延出している形状であっても良い。この場合の貼付材が、図6(b)で示す貼付材1iと同様の身体の部位に適切に貼付されたときには、その基部が鼻背の皮膚部分76の少なくとも一部と眉間の皮膚部分74の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、3つある延出部のそれぞれが眉間の皮膚部分74から互いに別方向に向けて額の皮膚部分75を縦断し、第1先端部、第2先端部、及び第3先端部のそれぞれが前頭部の頭髪の生え際の皮膚部分52の少なくとも一部に貼付されている。この場合の基部と眉間の皮膚部分74は、鼻背の皮膚部分76から眉間の皮膚部分74に至ってから、3方向に分岐してそれぞれの方向で額の皮膚部分75を縦断して前頭部の頭髪の生え際の皮膚部分52のうちのそれぞれ別の箇所へ向かうように牽引されている状態で保持される。また、この場合、貼付材の一端部は鼻背の皮膚部分76(固定された皮膚部分42)の少なくとも一部に貼付され、第1先端部、第2先端部、及び第3先端部が前頭部の頭髪の生え際の皮膚部分52(固定された皮膚部分42)の少なくとも一部に貼付されているため、2つの固定された皮膚部分42の間にある眉間の皮膚部分74が下方から上方へ牽引されている状態がさらに安定して保持されている。 In this patch, the first extension part 3i, the second extension part 6i, and the third extension part 7i of the patch 1i according to Embodiment 3 are shown in FIGS. 6 (a) and 6 (b). The shape may extend longer than that. When the patch material in this case is appropriately affixed to a body part similar to the patch material 1i shown in FIG. 6B, the base portion is a skin portion 74 between at least a part of the nasal dorsal skin portion 76 and the eyebrows. Each of the three extending portions vertically cuts the forehead skin portion 75 in a different direction from the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows, a first tip portion, a second tip portion, And each of 3rd front-end | tip parts is affixed on at least one part of the skin part 52 in the hairline of the frontal head. In this case, the skin portion 74 between the base and the eyebrows extends from the skin portion 76 of the back of the nose to the skin portion 74 between the eyebrows, and branches in three directions to vertically cut the forehead skin portion 75 in each direction. It is held in a state of being pulled so as to be directed to different portions of the skin portion 52 at the hairline of the hair. Also, in this case, one end of the patch is affixed to at least part of the nasal dorsal skin portion 76 (fixed skin portion 42), and the first tip portion, the second tip portion, and the third tip portion are in front. Since it is affixed to at least a part of the hairline 52 (fixed skin part 42) of the hairline of the head, the skin part 74 between the eyebrows between the two fixed skin parts 42 is upward from below The state of being pulled to is maintained more stably.
 ヒトで顔面以外の部位にある弛んだ皮膚部分としては、頚部の下顎縁下部の皮膚部分、手首の皮膚部分、胸部(乳房)の皮膚部分、臀部の皮膚部分が挙げられる。これらの弛んだ皮膚部分の近くにある固定された皮膚部分としては、それぞれ順に、頚部後面の項(うなじ)の有毛部の皮膚部分、前腕遠位の手関節部の皮膚部分、胸骨上縁部や鎖骨部の皮膚部分、腸骨縁部の皮膚部分が挙げられる。 As a loose skin part other than the face in humans, there are a skin part at the lower part of the lower jaw margin of the neck, a skin part of the wrist, a skin part of the chest (breast), and a skin part of the buttocks. The fixed skin parts close to these loose skin parts are, in turn, the hair part of the neck part of the back of the neck (nape), the skin part of the wrist joint at the distal forearm, and the upper sternal edge. And the skin part of the clavicular part and the skin part of the iliac margin.
 例えば、頚部の下顎縁下部の皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に基部を貼付し、一端部から複数の延出部へ向けてそれぞれ別方向に牽引している状態で、各々延出部の先端部を頚部後側上方の項部の少なくとも一部に貼付すると、下顎縁の余剰皮膚を挙上することができる。このため、下顎縁をシャープに見せ、頚部前面の余剰皮膚が少なくなるように矯正して、フェイスラインを改善することができる。このように、実施形態1~7に係る貼付材の他にも、ヒトの顔面以外の部位における弛んだ皮膚部分と固定された皮膚部分の位置関係に応じて貼付材の形状を調製すれば、ヒトの顔面以外の部位においても貼付材で皮膚のシワ、弛みを矯正することができる。ヒト以外では、哺乳類に対して、形状を適宜調製した貼付材を用いて、皮膚のシワ、弛みを矯正することができると考えられる。 For example, in the state where the base is affixed to at least a part of the skin part of the lower part of the lower jaw margin of the neck and is pulled in one direction from one end toward a plurality of extensions, If it is attached to at least a part of the upper part of the neck rear side, the excess skin of the lower jaw edge can be raised. For this reason, the face line can be improved by making the lower jaw edge look sharp and correcting so that the excess skin on the front surface of the neck is reduced. As described above, in addition to the patch according to the first to seventh embodiments, if the shape of the patch is prepared according to the positional relationship between the loose skin part and the fixed skin part other than the human face, Wrinkles and loosening of the skin can be corrected with a patch even at sites other than the human face. Other than humans, it is considered that skin wrinkles and slack can be corrected using a patch whose shape is appropriately adjusted for mammals.
 本貼付材における支持体は、例えば、ポリウレタン、ポリイソブチレン、ポリブテン及びポリ酢酸ビニルからなる群より選ばれた1種以上の樹脂組成物により構成されているフィルム中に、微粒子や顔料が分散されているものであっても良い。この場合の微粒子や顔料としては、例えば、シリカ、タルク、弁柄、マイカ、カオリン、雲母粉、パール系顔料、及びバリウム塩等からなる群より選ばれた1種以上が挙げられる。顔料が分散されている支持体は、薄く着色されている。また、微粒子が分散されている支持体は、光分散機能を有する。この場合の本貼付材は、その支持体の外見が皮膚に似ているため、さらに目立たない外見となる。 The support in this patch is, for example, in which fine particles and pigments are dispersed in a film composed of one or more resin compositions selected from the group consisting of polyurethane, polyisobutylene, polybutene, and polyvinyl acetate. It may be. Examples of the fine particles and pigment in this case include one or more selected from the group consisting of silica, talc, dial, mica, kaolin, mica powder, pearl pigment, barium salt, and the like. The support in which the pigment is dispersed is lightly colored. The support in which the fine particles are dispersed has a light dispersion function. In this case, since the appearance of the support is similar to that of the skin, the present patch has a more inconspicuous appearance.
 本貼付材における粘着剤層がアクリル系粘着剤、及びウレタン系粘着剤からなる群より選ばれた1種以上の医療用の貼付材で用いられ得る粘着剤組成物により構成されている場合、当該粘着剤組成物は、ゲル型粘着剤組成物であることが好ましい。また、粘着剤層が医療用の貼付材で用いられ得るゴム系粘着剤組成物により構成されている場合、当該粘着剤組成物は、ハイドロコロイド粒子を15~55重量%含有するハイドロコロイド粘着剤組成物であることが好ましい。これらの場合の粘着剤組成物により構成されている粘着剤層は、浸出液を吸収し得る。美容外科手術後の患者の弛んだ皮膚部分を矯正しようとするときに、この場合の粘着剤層を有する本貼付材を貼付すると、弛んだ皮膚部分を望ましい形状に保持するだけでなく、浸出液を吸収しながら縫合の跡を治癒させることができる。なお、粘着剤層が前述したハイドロコロイド粘着剤組成物により構成されている場合、浸出液を吸収させるために粘着剤層の厚さが40μmより大きくても良い。 When the adhesive layer in this patch is composed of an adhesive composition that can be used in one or more medical patches selected from the group consisting of an acrylic adhesive and a urethane adhesive, The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably a gel-type pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is composed of a rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesive composition that can be used in a medical patch, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains 15 to 55% by weight of hydrocolloid particles. It is preferable that The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in these cases can absorb the leachate. When trying to correct the loose skin part of the patient after cosmetic surgery, applying this patch with the adhesive layer in this case will not only keep the loose skin part in the desired shape, The suture mark can be healed while being absorbed. In addition, when the adhesive layer is comprised by the hydrocolloid adhesive composition mentioned above, in order to absorb a leaching solution, the thickness of an adhesive layer may be larger than 40 micrometers.
 粘着剤層は、皮膚の健康を維持するために有効な成分を含んでいても良い。このような成分としては、例えば、ビタミンC及びその誘導体、ビタミンA、ビタミンE、アルブチン等のメラニン生成抑制剤、ハイドロキノン、ヒアルロン酸、コンドロイチン硫酸、及びセラミド等からなる群より選ばれた1種以上が挙げられる。あるいは、粘着剤層は、皮膚に作用する薬剤を含んでいても良い。このような薬剤としては、例えば、イソプロピルメチルフェノール、銀、銀包摂物、クロルヘキシジン、塩酸ベンザルコニウム、グリチルリチン及びその塩、フェルビナク、インドメタシン、ジクロフェナック、フルルビプロフェン、サリチル酸メチル、イブプロフェンピコナール、及びコルチコステロイド等からなる群より選ばれた1種以上が挙げられる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may contain an effective component for maintaining skin health. Examples of such components include one or more selected from the group consisting of vitamin C and its derivatives, vitamin A, vitamin E, melanin production inhibitors such as arbutin, hydroquinone, hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, and ceramide. Is mentioned. Or the adhesive layer may contain the chemical | medical agent which acts on skin. Such agents include, for example, isopropylmethylphenol, silver, silver inclusions, chlorhexidine, benzalkonium hydrochloride, glycyrrhizin and its salts, ferbinac, indomethacin, diclofenac, flurbiprofen, methyl salicylate, ibuprofen piconal, and One or more selected from the group consisting of corticosteroids and the like can be mentioned.
 形成外科的治療、再生医療、美容外科手術及び美容外科的治療からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも1種の手術又は治療を受けた患者が、この手術又は治療を受けた弛んだ皮膚部分を望ましい形状に保持するために本貼付材を用いると、従来の貼付材を貼付して保持する場合と比べて、矯正に要する期間を大幅に短縮することができる。処置後に本貼付材を貼付すると有効な形成外科的治療としては、神経移植、筋移植、植皮術、脂肪移植等が挙げられる。再生医療としては、幹細胞移植、細胞治療等が挙げられる。美容外科手術又は美容外科的治療としては、ボツリヌス毒等の神経麻痺剤、ヒアルロン酸等の充填剤、レーザー治療、増殖因子等を用いた美容外科手術又は美容外科的治療が挙げられる。なお、幹細胞移植または細胞治療で移植される細胞としては、例えば、人体から採取された細胞、人体から採取された幹細胞、遺伝子導入により作製された幹細胞(iPS細胞等)、培養された細胞、培養された幹細胞等からなる群から選ばれた1種以上の細胞が挙げられる。 A patient who has undergone at least one kind of surgery or treatment selected from the group consisting of plastic surgery, regenerative medicine, cosmetic surgery and cosmetic surgery has a desired shape for the loose skin part that has undergone this surgery or treatment. When this patch is used to hold the patch, the period required for correction can be greatly shortened compared to the case where the conventional patch is stuck and held. Plastic surgery that is effective when this patch is applied after the treatment includes nerve transplantation, muscle transplantation, skin grafting, fat transplantation, and the like. Examples of regenerative medicine include stem cell transplantation and cell therapy. Examples of the cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery include cosmetic surgery or cosmetic surgery using a nerve palsy such as botulinum toxin, a filler such as hyaluronic acid, laser therapy, a growth factor, and the like. Examples of cells transplanted by stem cell transplantation or cell therapy include, for example, cells collected from the human body, stem cells collected from the human body, stem cells prepared by gene transfer (iPS cells, etc.), cultured cells, and cultures. And one or more cells selected from the group consisting of stem cells and the like.
[貼付材の製造方法]
 本発明に係る貼付材の製造方法は、支持体を得る工程と、粘着剤層を得る工程と、支持体と粘着剤層を積層する工程と、積層物を切り抜く工程を含む。ここで、実施形態1~5,7に係る貼付材の製造方法を説明する。支持体を得る工程では、キャスト用剥離性基板の表面に樹脂溶液を流延して乾燥し、乾燥させたものを基板から剥離して得たフィルムを支持体Cとした。
[Manufacturing method of patch]
The method for producing a patch according to the present invention includes a step of obtaining a support, a step of obtaining a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a step of laminating the support and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and a step of cutting out the laminate. Here, a method for manufacturing the patch according to the first to fifth and seventh embodiments will be described. In the step of obtaining a support, the support C was a film obtained by casting a resin solution on the surface of a casting peelable substrate and drying it, and peeling the dried product from the substrate.
 粘着剤層を得る工程では、粘着剤層の素材にアクリル系樹脂を用いる場合は、粘着剤の原料となるモノマー等を酢酸エチルに混合溶解して、重合開始剤を添加して共重合させて、架橋剤を添加してキャスト用溶液を調製する。また、粘着剤層の素材にシリコン系粘着剤を用いる場合は、所定の2種類の溶液を混合する方式等である市販のシリコン系粘着剤を用いて、キャスト用溶液を調製する。粘着剤層の素材にゴム系粘着剤を用いる場合は、粘着剤の原料であるポリマーをトルエンに混合溶解して、軟化剤、粘着付与剤、酸化防止剤を添加して、キャスト用溶液を調製する。粘着剤層の素材にウレタン系粘着剤を用いる場合は、キャスト直前に所定の2種類の溶液を混合してキャスト用溶液を調製する。さらに、アクリル系、シリコン系、ゴム系、又はウレタン系のいずれの粘着剤を用いる場合も、前述したキャスト用溶液を剥離紙上に流延して、流延したものを乾燥又は加熱して、粘着剤層Dを得た。 In the step of obtaining the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, when an acrylic resin is used as the material for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the monomers that are the raw materials for the pressure-sensitive adhesive are mixed and dissolved in ethyl acetate, and a polymerization initiator is added and copolymerized. The solution for casting is prepared by adding a crosslinking agent. Moreover, when using a silicone adhesive for the raw material of an adhesive layer, the solution for casting is prepared using the commercially available silicone adhesive which is the system etc. which mix a predetermined two types of solution. When rubber adhesive is used as the material for the adhesive layer, the polymer that is the raw material of the adhesive is mixed and dissolved in toluene, and a softening agent, tackifier, and antioxidant are added to prepare a casting solution. To do. When a urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesive is used as the material for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a predetermined two types of solutions are mixed immediately before casting to prepare a casting solution. Furthermore, in the case of using any acrylic, silicone, rubber, or urethane-based adhesive, the casting solution described above is cast on a release paper, and the cast is dried or heated to be adhesive. The agent layer D was obtained.
 積層する工程では、支持体Cの一面を、粘着剤層Dの剥離紙に被覆されていない側の面上に載置して貼り合わせ、支持体Cと粘着剤層Dと剥離紙の積層物を得た。切り抜く工程では、この積層物を、支持体Cの他面側から所定の形状に切り抜く。切り抜く際の形状により、実施形態1~5,7のいずれかに係る貼付材を得ることができる。 In the laminating step, one surface of the support C is placed on and bonded to the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer D that is not covered with the release paper, and a laminate of the support C, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer D, and the release paper. Got. In the cutting process, the laminate is cut into a predetermined shape from the other surface side of the support C. The patch according to any of Embodiments 1 to 5 and 7 can be obtained depending on the shape at the time of cutting.
 実施形態6に係る貼付材の製造方法を説明する。支持体を得る工程では、表面に反転柄を有するキャスト用剥離性基板の当該表面に樹脂溶液を流延して乾燥し、乾燥させたものを基板から剥離して得たフィルムを支持体Eとした。支持体Eの他面(転写面)には、キャスト用剥離性基板の表面の反転柄が転写されて、凹凸が形成される。支持体Eの他面(転写面)にキャリアーを積層して、支持体Eとキャリアーとの積層物を得る。また、前述した実施形態1~5,7に係る貼付材の製造方法と同様に、粘着剤層Dと剥離紙の積層物を得る。支持体Eの一面(転写面ではない面)を、粘着剤層Dの剥離紙に被覆されていない側の面上に載置して貼り合わせ、剥離紙、粘着剤層D、支持体E、キャリアーの順に積層された積層物を得た。この積層物について、キャリアー側から所定の形状に切り抜くと、実施形態6に係る貼付材を得ることができる。 A method for manufacturing a patch according to Embodiment 6 will be described. In the step of obtaining the support, the resin solution is cast on the surface of the peelable substrate for casting having an inverted pattern on the surface and dried, and the dried film is peeled from the substrate to obtain the support E did. On the other surface (transfer surface) of the support E, the reverse pattern on the surface of the peelable substrate for casting is transferred to form irregularities. A carrier is laminated on the other surface (transfer surface) of the support E to obtain a laminate of the support E and the carrier. In addition, a laminate of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer D and the release paper is obtained in the same manner as the method for manufacturing the patch according to Embodiments 1 to 5 and 7 described above. One surface of the support E (the surface that is not the transfer surface) is placed on and bonded to the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer D that is not covered with the release paper, and the release paper, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer D, the support E, The laminated body laminated | stacked in order of the carrier was obtained. When this laminate is cut out in a predetermined shape from the carrier side, the patch according to Embodiment 6 can be obtained.
 ハイドロコロイド粘着剤を素材とする粘着剤層を備える場合の本貼付材の製造方法は、ハイドロコロイド粒子15~55重量%と、ブロックポリマーと、軟化剤20~50重量%と、粘着付与剤を混合し、更に130~150℃に加熱しつつ混合する。その後、さらに吸水性成分を添加して均一に混合した後、剥離紙上に塗布して、剥離紙上で粘着剤層を形成する。それから、実施形態1~5,7のいずれかに係る貼付材の製造方法と同様にして、ハイドロコロイド粘着剤を素材とする粘着剤層を備える貼付材を得ることができる。ここで、ブロックポリマーとしては、例えば、スチレンイソプレンスチレンブロック共重合体、及びスチレンブタジエンスチレンブロック共重合体等からなる群より選ばれた1種以上が挙げられる。このブロックポリマーに代えて、ポリイソブチレン、又はポリブテンを用いても良い。軟化剤としては、例えば、鉱油(流動パラフィン)、及びポリブテン等からなる群より選ばれた1種以上が挙げられる。粘着付与剤としては、例えば、エステルガム、ロジン酸エステル、水添ロジンからなる群より選ばれた1種以上が挙げられる。吸水性成分としては、例えば、カルボキシメチルセルロース、ペクチン、ゼラチン、及び合成系ポリマー等からなる群より選ばれた1種以上が挙げられる。ここでの合成系ポリマーとしては、例えば、アクリル酸とアクリル酸エステルの共重合体及びその塩、酢酸ビニル重合体の部分ケン化物、酢酸ビニルとビニルピロリドンの共重合体、並びにポリエチレングリコール等からなる群より選ばれた1種以上が挙げられる。 In the case of providing a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of a hydrocolloid pressure-sensitive adhesive as a raw material, the method for producing this patch comprises mixing 15 to 55% by weight of hydrocolloid particles, 20 to 50% by weight of a softening agent, and a tackifier. Further, mixing while heating to 130 to 150 ° C. Thereafter, a water-absorbing component is further added and mixed uniformly, and then applied onto release paper to form an adhesive layer on the release paper. Then, in the same manner as in the method for manufacturing a patch according to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5, a patch having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer made of a hydrocolloid pressure-sensitive adhesive can be obtained. Here, as a block polymer, 1 or more types chosen from the group which consists of a styrene isoprene styrene block copolymer, a styrene butadiene styrene block copolymer, etc. are mentioned, for example. Instead of this block polymer, polyisobutylene or polybutene may be used. Examples of the softening agent include one or more selected from the group consisting of mineral oil (liquid paraffin) and polybutene. Examples of the tackifier include one or more selected from the group consisting of ester gum, rosin acid ester, and hydrogenated rosin. Examples of the water-absorbing component include one or more selected from the group consisting of carboxymethylcellulose, pectin, gelatin, synthetic polymers, and the like. Examples of the synthetic polymer here include a copolymer of acrylic acid and an acrylate ester and a salt thereof, a partially saponified product of vinyl acetate polymer, a copolymer of vinyl acetate and vinyl pyrrolidone, and polyethylene glycol. 1 type or more chosen from the group is mentioned.
[実施例1]
 図7(a)に示す実施形態4に係るV字状の貼付材を、2枚準備した。これらの貼付材は、基部が縦15mm×横35mmの略四角形状であり、第1延出部の延出方向と第2延出部の延出方向とが50°開いていた。38歳女性の顔面の右側と左側で、基部と第1延出部を一端部から第1先端部へ向かう方向に牽引しながら、基部を下眼瞼の皮膚部分に貼付し、第1先端部をこめかみの皮膚部分の下部に貼付した。次いで、基部及び第2延出部を下眼瞼の皮膚部分に対して顔面の外側上方へ向かう方向に牽引しながら、第2先端部をこめかみの皮膚部分の上部に貼付した。貼付後、外眼角が挙上した。同時に、フェイスライン(下顎縁の形状)も軽度ながら挙上した。
[Example 1]
Two V-shaped patch materials according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 7A were prepared. These patch materials had a substantially rectangular shape with a base portion of 15 mm long × 35 mm wide, and the extending direction of the first extending portion and the extending direction of the second extending portion were opened by 50 °. At the right and left sides of the face of a 38-year-old woman, while pulling the base and the first extension in the direction from the one end toward the first tip, the base is affixed to the skin part of the lower eyelid, and the first tip is Attached to the lower part of the skin of the temple. Next, the second tip portion was attached to the upper part of the skin portion of the temple while pulling the base portion and the second extension portion in the direction toward the upper outside of the face with respect to the skin portion of the lower eyelid. After sticking, the external eye angle was raised. At the same time, the face line (the shape of the lower jaw edge) was raised slightly.
[実施例2]
 図7(c)に示す実施形態4に係る横長の基部を備えるU字状の貼付材を、2枚準備した。これらの貼付材は、基部が縦40mm×横53mmの略四角形状であり、第1延出部の延出方向と第2延出部の延出方向とが40°開いていた。66歳女性の顔面の右側と左側で、基部と第1延出部を一端部から第1先端部へ向かう方向に牽引しながら、基部を頬上部の皮膚部分に貼付し、第1先端部を耳前の皮膚部分の下部に貼付した。次いで、基部及び第2延出部を頬上部の皮膚部分に対して顔面の外側上方へ向かう方向に牽引しながら、第2先端部を耳前の皮膚部分の上部に貼付した。貼付後、頬が挙上して、ほうれい線が浅くなった。
[Example 2]
Two U-shaped patch materials having a horizontally long base portion according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 7C were prepared. These patch materials had a substantially rectangular shape with a base portion of 40 mm long and 53 mm wide, and the extending direction of the first extending portion and the extending direction of the second extending portion were opened by 40 °. While pulling the base and the first extension in the direction from one end to the first tip on the right and left sides of the face of a 66-year-old woman, the base is affixed to the skin portion of the upper cheek, and the first tip is Affixed to the lower part of the skin part in front of the ear. Next, the second tip was attached to the upper part of the skin part in front of the ear while pulling the base part and the second extension part in the direction toward the upper outside of the face with respect to the skin part of the upper cheek. After sticking, the cheek was raised and the fray line became shallow.
[実施例3]
 実施形態2で用いた貼付材と同じ寸法と形状の貼付材を、2枚準備した。67歳女性の顔面の右側と左側で、基部と第1延出部を一端部から第1先端部へ向かう方向に牽引しながら、基部を頬下部の皮膚部分に貼付し、第1先端部を耳垂前部の皮膚部分の下部に貼付した。次いで、基部及び第2延出部を頬下部の皮膚部分に対して顔面の外側上方へ向かう方向に牽引しながら、第2先端部を耳垂前部の皮膚部分の上部に貼付した。貼付後、頬下部の皮膚部分が大幅に挙上して、フェイスラインが明らかに改善されるとともに、マリオネットラインが浅くなった。
[Example 3]
Two sheets of the same size and shape as the patch used in Embodiment 2 were prepared. While pulling the base part and the first extension part in the direction from one end part to the first tip part on the right and left sides of the face of a 67-year-old woman, the base part is affixed to the skin part of the lower cheek, and the first tip part is attached It was affixed to the lower part of the skin part at the front of the earlobe. Next, the second tip was attached to the upper part of the skin part at the front of the earlobe while pulling the base part and the second extension part in the direction toward the upper outside of the face with respect to the skin part at the lower cheek. After application, the skin area under the cheeks was raised significantly, the face line was clearly improved, and the marionette line became shallow.
[実施例4]
 図11(c)に示す実施形態4に係るV字状の貼付材を保持している貼付具を2つ準備し、図11(e)に示す実施形態4に係る横長の基部を備えるU字状の貼付材を保持している貼付具を4つ準備した。これらのV字状の貼付材は実施例1で用いた貼付材と同じ寸法と形状であり、これらの横長の基部を備えるU字状の貼付材は実施例2,3で用いた貼付材と同じ寸法と形状であった。67歳女性の顔面の右側と左側のそれぞれに、実施例1と同様に実施形態4に係るV字状の貼付材を1枚ずつに貼付し、実施例2と同様に実施形態4に係る横長の基部を備えるU字状の貼付材を1枚ずつ貼付し、実施例3と同様に実施形態4に係る横長の基部を備えるU字状の貼付材を1枚ずつ貼付することで、計6枚の貼付材を貼付した。貼付後、下目瞼部の隆起(眼袋)が小さくなるとともに外眼角が挙上し、頬が挙上してほうれい線が浅くなり、フェイスラインが大幅に改善されるとともに、マリオネットラインがほぼ消失した。
[Example 4]
Two U-shaped stickers holding a V-shaped patch according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 11 (c) are prepared, and a U-shaped body having a horizontally long base according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 11 (e). Four sticking tools holding a sticky patch were prepared. These V-shaped patch materials have the same size and shape as the patch material used in Example 1, and the U-shaped patch material having a horizontally long base is the same as the patch material used in Examples 2 and 3. It was the same size and shape. A V-shaped patch according to the fourth embodiment is applied to each of the right and left sides of the face of a 67-year-old woman one by one as in the first embodiment. A U-shaped adhesive material having a base portion is attached one by one, and a U-shaped adhesive material having a horizontally long base portion according to Embodiment 4 is applied one by one in the same manner as in Example 3. A piece of patch was attached. After sticking, the lower eyelid bulge (eye pouch) becomes smaller and the external eye angle rises, the cheeks rise and the fringe line becomes shallower, the face line is greatly improved, and the marionette line is Almost disappeared.
[比較例1]
 図7(c)に示す実施形態4に係る横長の基部を備えるU字状の貼付材から第1延出部及び第2延出部を切除して、基部のみを備えた比較例1に係る貼付材を2枚準備した。比較例1に係る貼付材の基部は、縦40mm×横53mmの四角形のような形状であり、曲線状の辺とアールが設けられた角部分を有していた。55歳女性の顔面の右側と左側で、比較例1に係る貼付材をその一端部から他端部へ向かう単一方向に牽引しながら、一端部を頬下部の皮膚部分に貼付し、この牽引している状態のまま一端部を貼付した皮膚部分の外側上方にある頬下部の皮膚部分に他端部を貼付した。貼付後、フェイスラインの挙上、改善はほとんど認められず、マリオネットラインは浅くならなかった。また、比較例1に係る貼付材は、複数方向に牽引しながら貼付することができないため、貼付後の貼付材に細かいシワが生じて目立ってしまった。
[Comparative Example 1]
The first extension part and the second extension part are excised from a U-shaped patch having a horizontally long base part according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. Two patch materials were prepared. The base of the adhesive material according to Comparative Example 1 was shaped like a 40 mm long × 53 mm wide square, and had a corner portion with curved sides and rounded corners. While pulling the adhesive material according to Comparative Example 1 in a single direction from one end portion to the other end portion on the right and left sides of the face of a 55-year-old woman, one end portion was applied to the skin portion of the lower cheek, and this traction The other end was pasted on the skin part of the lower cheek located on the outer upper side of the skin part pasted with the one end part in the state of being applied. After sticking, the face line was not lifted and improved, and the marionette line did not become shallow. Further, since the patch according to Comparative Example 1 cannot be stuck while being pulled in a plurality of directions, fine wrinkles are generated on the patch after sticking, and the sticking is noticeable.
[実施例5及び比較例2]
 実施例5として、43歳女性の顔面の左側に、実施例3と同様に実施形態4に係る横長の基部を備えるU字状の貼付材1枚を貼付した。貼付後、顔面の左側では、フェイスラインが挙上し、マリオネットラインが浅くなった。同時に、比較例2として、顔面の右側で、比較例1に係る貼付材をその一端部から他端部へ向かう単一方向に牽引しながら、一端部を頬下部の皮膚部分に貼付し、この牽引している状態のまま一端部を貼付した皮膚部分の外側上方にある頬下部の皮膚部分に他端部を貼付した。貼付後、顔面の右側では、フェイスラインがわずかに挙上したが、マリオネットラインは浅くならなかった。また、貼付後の比較例2に係る貼付材は、細かいシワが生じて目立ってしまった。
[Example 5 and Comparative Example 2]
As Example 5, one U-shaped patch having a horizontally long base according to Embodiment 4 was pasted on the left side of the face of a 43-year-old woman in the same manner as Example 3. After applying, the face line was raised on the left side of the face, and the marionette line became shallow. At the same time, as Comparative Example 2, while pulling the adhesive material according to Comparative Example 1 in a single direction from one end to the other end on the right side of the face, one end is applied to the skin portion of the lower cheek, While pulling, the other end was pasted on the skin part of the lower cheek located on the outside of the skin part pasted with one end. After applying, the face line slightly raised on the right side of the face, but the marionette line did not become shallow. Moreover, the sticking material which concerns on the comparative example 2 after sticking produced the fine wrinkle and became conspicuous.
[実施例6及び比較例3]
 実施例6として、64歳女性の顔面の左側に、実施例3と同様に実施形態4に係る横長の基部を備えるU字状の貼付材1枚を貼付した。貼付後、顔面の左側では、フェイスラインが挙上し、マリオネットラインが浅くなった。同時に、比較例3として、顔面の右側で、比較例1に係る貼付材をその一端部から他端部へ向かう単一方向に牽引しながら、一端部を頬下部の皮膚部分に貼付し、この牽引している状態のまま一端部を貼付した皮膚部分の外側上方にある頬下部の皮膚部分に他端部を貼付した。貼付後、顔面の右側では、フェイスラインの挙上は認められず、マリオネットラインはほとんど浅くならなかった。また、貼付後の比較例3に係る貼付材は、細かいシワが生じて目立ってしまった。
[Example 6 and Comparative Example 3]
As Example 6, one U-shaped patch having a horizontally long base according to Embodiment 4 was pasted on the left side of the face of a 64-year-old woman as in Example 3. After applying, the face line was raised on the left side of the face, and the marionette line became shallow. At the same time, as Comparative Example 3, on the right side of the face, while pulling the adhesive material according to Comparative Example 1 in a single direction from one end part to the other end part, one end part was applied to the skin part under the cheek, While pulling, the other end was pasted on the skin part of the lower cheek located on the outside of the skin part pasted with one end. After application, on the right side of the face, no elevation of the face line was observed, and the marionette line was hardly shallow. Moreover, the sticking material which concerns on the comparative example 3 after sticking produced the fine wrinkle and became conspicuous.
[実施例7]
 支持体として、厚さ10μmで他面のRzが6μmであるポリエーテル系ウレタンフィルムを準備した。また、キャリアーとして薄いポリエチレンフィルムを準備し、支持体の他面をキャリアーで被覆した。さらに、アクリル系粘着剤である平均分子量500,000のアクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル・アクリル酸共重合体溶液(固形分40%)100重量部、オレイン酸ソルビトール20重量部、微量のビタミンCとコラーゲン、及び架橋剤1.0重量部を混合した液を、剥離紙上に厚さ15μとなるように塗布して乾燥させた。粘着剤の架橋反応が充分に進んだ後、剥離紙と粘着剤層との積層物に、剥離紙のみを切るハーフカットを入れた。次いで、粘着剤層の上面に支持体の一面を貼り合わせて、剥離紙、粘着剤層、支持体、キャリアーの順に積層された積層物を得た。この積層物を、図7(c)に示す実施形態4に係る横長の基部を備えるU字状の貼付材の形状に切り抜いて、実施例7に係る貼付材を得た。実施例7に係る貼付材は、基部が縦40mm×横53mmの略四角形状であり、第1延出部の延出方向と第2延出部の延出方向とが40°開いていた。
[Example 7]
A polyether-based urethane film having a thickness of 10 μm and an Rz of the other surface of 6 μm was prepared as a support. In addition, a thin polyethylene film was prepared as a carrier, and the other side of the support was covered with the carrier. Furthermore, 100 parts by weight of an acrylic adhesive 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / acrylic acid copolymer solution (solid content 40%) having an average molecular weight of 500,000, 20 parts by weight of sorbitol oleate, trace amounts of vitamin C and collagen, And the liquid which mixed 1.0 weight part of crosslinking agents was apply | coated so that it might become thickness 15micro on release paper, and it was dried. After the cross-linking reaction of the adhesive sufficiently progressed, a half cut for cutting only the release paper was added to the laminate of the release paper and the adhesive layer. Next, one surface of the support was bonded to the upper surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to obtain a laminate in which the release paper, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the support, and the carrier were stacked in this order. This laminate was cut out in the shape of a U-shaped patch having a horizontally long base portion according to Embodiment 4 shown in FIG. 7C to obtain a patch according to Example 7. The patch according to Example 7 had a substantially rectangular shape with a base portion of 40 mm long and 53 mm wide, and the extending direction of the first extending portion and the extending direction of the second extending portion were opened by 40 °.
[実施例8]
 実施例7に係る貼付材と同様の構成であるが、支持体を構成するポリエーテル系ウレタンフィルムの厚さが15μmで、他面のRzが6μmである点が異なる、実施例8に係る貼付材を得た。
[Example 8]
Although it is the same structure as the adhesive material which concerns on Example 7, it differs in the point that the thickness of the polyether-type urethane film which comprises a support body is 15 micrometers, and Rz of the other surface is 6 micrometers, The adhesive film which concerns on Example 8 The material was obtained.
[実施例9]
 固形分30%のポリエーテルポリウレタン樹脂溶液100重量部、シリカ、タルク、弁柄を混合した微粒子7重量部、TWEEN60(乳化剤)0.2重量部、シリコーンオイル0.05重量部%の混合液を、凹凸を有する工程紙面上に流延した。流延物を乾燥させて工程紙面上から剥離して、厚さ10μmで、他面のRzが15μmである、ポリエーテルウレタン系フィルムを得た。このポリエーテルウレタン系フィルムを支持体として用いた他は、実施例7に係る貼付材と同じ構成である、実施例9に係る貼付材を得た。
[Example 9]
A mixed solution of 100 parts by weight of a polyether polyurethane resin solution having a solid content of 30%, 7 parts by weight of fine particles mixed with silica, talc, and petrol, 0.2 parts by weight of TWEEN 60 (emulsifier), and 0.05 parts by weight of silicone oil. The film was cast on a process paper having irregularities. The cast product was dried and peeled from the process paper surface to obtain a polyether urethane film having a thickness of 10 μm and an Rz of 15 μm on the other surface. A patch according to Example 9 having the same structure as the patch according to Example 7 was obtained except that this polyether urethane film was used as a support.
[実施例10]
 支持体としては、実施例9で得られた支持体を準備した。平均分子量500,000のアクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル・アクリル酸共重合体溶液(固形分40%)100重量部、架橋剤1.5重量部、オレイン酸ソルビトール20重量部、及び微量のビタミンCとコラーゲンの混合液を、剥離紙上に厚さ15μとなるように塗布し、乾燥後に40℃で72時間の条件で架橋反応を進行させた。その他の条件については、実施例7に係る貼付材と同様の構成である、実施例10に係る貼付材を得た。
[Example 10]
As a support, the support obtained in Example 9 was prepared. 100 parts by weight of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / acrylic acid copolymer solution (solid content 40%) with an average molecular weight of 500,000, 1.5 parts by weight of a cross-linking agent, 20 parts by weight of sorbitol oleate, and trace amounts of vitamin C and collagen Was applied on release paper to a thickness of 15 μm, and after drying, the crosslinking reaction was allowed to proceed at 40 ° C. for 72 hours. About the other conditions, the patch according to Example 10 having the same configuration as the patch according to Example 7 was obtained.
[実施例11]
 厚さが25μmで、Rzが18μmである他は、実施例9で得た支持体と同じ構成の支持体を得た。平均分子量500,000のアクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル・アクリル酸ヒドロキシエチル・酢酸ビニル共重合体溶液(固形分40%)100重量部、イソシアネート系架橋剤1.0重量部、オレイン酸ソルビトール10重量部、ヒアルロン酸0.1重量部、及びグリチルリチン酸カリウム0.1重量部の混合液を、剥離紙上に厚さ15μとなるように塗布して乾燥させ、40℃で72時間の条件で架橋反応を進行させた。その他の条件については、実施例7に係る貼付材と同様の構成である実施例11に係る貼付材を得た。
[Example 11]
A support having the same structure as the support obtained in Example 9 was obtained except that the thickness was 25 μm and Rz was 18 μm. 100 parts by weight of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / hydroxyethyl acrylate / vinyl acetate copolymer solution (solid content 40%) having an average molecular weight of 500,000, 1.0 part by weight of an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, 10 parts by weight of sorbitol oleate, A mixed solution of 0.1 part by weight of hyaluronic acid and 0.1 part by weight of potassium glycyrrhizinate is applied on the release paper so as to have a thickness of 15 μm and dried, and the crosslinking reaction proceeds at 40 ° C. for 72 hours. I let you. About the other conditions, the adhesive material which concerns on Example 11 which is the structure similar to the adhesive material which concerns on Example 7 was obtained.
[比較例4]
 支持体としては、ポリエーテルウレタン樹脂溶液を延伸ポリプロピレンのエンボス面上に流延して、厚さが55μmで、他面のRzが0.2μmであるウレタンフィルムを得た。また、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル・アクリル酸共重合体を含んだ混合液をキャリアー上に厚さ15μとなるように塗布して乾燥させた。乾燥後に形成された粘着剤層の上面に支持体の一面を貼り合わせて、キャリアー、粘着剤層、支持体の順に積層された積層体を得た。この積層物を四角形のような形状に切り抜いて、比較例4に係る貼付材を得た。比較例4に係る貼付材は、基部を備えるが、延出部を備えない。比較例4に係る貼付材の基部は、その寸法が縦15mm×横35mmであり、曲線状の辺とアールが設けられた角部分を有する。
[Comparative Example 4]
As a support, a polyether urethane resin solution was cast on an embossed surface of stretched polypropylene to obtain a urethane film having a thickness of 55 μm and an Rz of 0.2 μm on the other surface. Further, a mixed solution containing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / acrylic acid copolymer was applied on a carrier to a thickness of 15 μm and dried. One surface of the support was bonded to the upper surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed after drying to obtain a laminate in which the carrier, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the support were stacked in this order. This laminate was cut into a quadrangular shape to obtain a patch according to Comparative Example 4. The patch according to Comparative Example 4 includes a base portion but does not include an extension portion. The base part of the patch according to Comparative Example 4 has a dimension of 15 mm in length × 35 mm in width, and has a corner portion provided with a curved side and a rounded shape.
[比較例5]
 支持体としては、ポリエーテルウレタン樹脂溶液を、表面のRzが0.2μmである工程紙面上に流延して、厚さが3μmで、他面のRzが0.2μmであるウレタンフィルムを得た。また、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル・アクリル酸共重合体を含んだ混合液をキャリアー上に厚さ5μとなるように塗布して乾燥させた。その他の構成については、比較例4に係る貼付材と同じ構成である比較例5に係る貼付材を得た。
[Comparative Example 5]
As a support, a polyether urethane resin solution is cast on a process paper surface having a surface Rz of 0.2 μm to obtain a urethane film having a thickness of 3 μm and an Rz of 0.2 μm on the other surface. It was. In addition, a mixed solution containing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / acrylic acid copolymer was applied on a carrier to a thickness of 5 μm and dried. About the other structure, the adhesive material which concerns on the comparative example 5 which is the same structure as the adhesive material which concerns on the comparative example 4 was obtained.
[比較例6]
 実施例10に係る貼付材と比べて、形状のみが異なる比較例6に係る貼付材を得た。比較例6に係る貼付材は、基部を備えるが、延出部を備えない形状である。比較例6に係る貼付材の基部は、縦15mm×横35mmの四角形のような形状であり、曲線状の辺とアールが設けられた角部分を有する。
[Comparative Example 6]
Compared with the patch according to Example 10, only the shape of the patch according to Comparative Example 6 was obtained. The patch according to Comparative Example 6 has a base but a shape that does not include an extension. The base of the adhesive material according to Comparative Example 6 has a shape like a quadrangle of 15 mm in length and 35 mm in width, and has a corner portion provided with a curved side and a rounded shape.
[実施例7~11、比較例4,5を用いた比較試験の方法]
 38~67歳の女性7名が、図7(d)に示す貼付材1eと同様に、自身の手で自身の顔面に、実施例7~11に係る貼付材をそれぞれ1回ずつ貼付した。貼付する際、一端部から第1先端部へ向かう方向に牽引しながら、基部を弛んだ頬上部の皮膚部分に貼付し、第1先端部を耳前の皮膚部分の下部に貼付した。さらに、第1延出部が牽引されながら貼付された方向とは別方向に第2延出部を牽引しながら、第2先端部を耳前の皮膚部分の上部に貼付した。貼付後、美容整形外科医が女性7名の顔貌を観察して、実施例7~11に係る貼付材による皮膚の矯正効果を次の基準で評価した。
◎ 7名全員で、頬が挙上して、ほうれい線が浅くなった。
○ 7名中4名以上で、頬が挙上して、ほうれい線が浅くなった。
△ 7名中4名以上で、頬がわずかに挙上したが、ほうれい線は浅くならなかった。
× 頬がわずかに挙上し、ほうれい線が浅くなった者が、7名中3名以下であった。
[Method of Comparative Test Using Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 4 and 5]
Seven females aged 38 to 67 years affixed the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 to 11 each time on their faces with their own hands, like the adhesive material 1e shown in FIG. 7 (d). When affixing, while pulling in the direction from one end to the first tip, the base was affixed to the loose skin part of the cheek, and the first tip was affixed to the lower part of the skin part in front of the ear. Furthermore, the second tip portion was attached to the upper part of the skin portion in front of the ear while pulling the second extension portion in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension portion was attached while being pulled. After the application, the cosmetic surgeon observed the faces of seven women and evaluated the skin correction effect of the adhesives according to Examples 7 to 11 according to the following criteria.
◎ All of the seven people raised their cheeks and became shallower.
○ More than 4 out of 7 people, cheeks were raised and the holy line became shallower.
△ More than 4 out of 7 people raised their cheeks slightly, but the tie line did not become shallow.
× There were 3 or fewer of the 7 people whose cheeks were slightly raised and the frying line became shallower.
 同じ女性7名が、比較例4~6に係る貼付材の一端部を頬上部の皮膚部分に貼付し、一端部から他端部へ向けて単一方向に牽引した状態で、一端部を貼付した皮膚部分の外側上方にある耳前の皮膚部分に貼付した。この場合も、実施例7~11に係る貼付材を貼付した場合と同様に、皮膚の矯正効果を評価した。 Seven same women affixed one end of the patch according to Comparative Examples 4-6 to the upper cheek skin, and affixed one end while pulling in one direction from one end to the other It was affixed to the skin part in front of the ear above the outside of the skin part. In this case as well, the skin correction effect was evaluated in the same manner as when the patches according to Examples 7 to 11 were applied.
 また、実施例7~11、比較例4~6に係る貼付材に係る貼付材を貼付した女性7名が、貼付後に皮膚に違和感を覚えたか、アンケートをとった。アンケートの結果から、貼付材により違和感を覚えたかを次の基準で評価した。
◎ 7名全員が、何も貼付していないときと同じように感じた。
○ 7名中4名以上が、何も貼付していないときと同じように感じた。
△ 7名中4名以上が、何かが頬上部に貼付されていると感じた。
× 7名中4名以上が、頬上部に貼付されていることでストレスを感じた。
In addition, a questionnaire was conducted to determine whether the seven women who applied the patch materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 4 to 6 felt discomfort on the skin after application. Based on the results of the questionnaire, the following criteria were used to evaluate whether the patch was uncomfortable.
◎ All 7 people felt the same as when nothing was affixed.
○ More than 4 out of 7 felt the same as when nothing was affixed.
△ More than 4 out of 7 felt that something was stuck on the upper cheek.
× 4 or more of 7 people felt stress because they were affixed to the upper cheek.
 実施例7~11、比較例4~6に係る貼付材に係る貼付材を貼付した女性7名が、鏡で自身の顔面を見て、貼付材が目立つか観察した。観察結果をアンケートにとり、アンケートの結果から、貼付材の目立ちにくさを次の基準で評価した。
◎ 7名全員が、注意して見なければ、貼付材が貼付されていると分からなかった。
○ 7名中4名以上が、注意して見なければ、貼付材が分からなかった。
△ 7名中4名以上が、一瞬見ただけでは、貼付材が分からなかった。
× 7名中4名以上が、一瞬見ただけで、貼付材が貼付されていると分かった。
Seven women who applied the patch materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 4 to 6 looked at their faces with a mirror and observed whether the patch material was noticeable. The observation results were taken in a questionnaire, and from the questionnaire results, the conspicuousness of the patch was evaluated according to the following criteria.
◎ If all 7 people did not look carefully, they could not know that the patch was applied.
○ More than 4 out of 7 people could not find the patch unless they looked carefully.
Δ: Four or more out of seven people did not know the patch just by looking at it for a moment.
X Four or more of the seven persons were found to have the patch applied just by looking at it for a moment.
 市販のファンデーションを準備して、JIS Z 8825-1:2001に準拠した粒子径解析・レーザー解析法により当該ファンデーションの粉末のメジアン径を測定したところ、6μmであった。また、実施例7~11、比較例4~6に係る貼付材に係る貼付材を頬上部に貼付した女性7名が、前述のファンデーションを、貼付材の支持体の他面上を含めた顔面に塗布して化粧をした。化粧後に、貼付材の化粧ののりについてアンケートをとり、化粧ののりやすさについて次の基準で評価した。
◎ 7名全員が、素肌と化粧ののりが変わらなかったと感じた。
○ 7名中4名以上が、素肌と化粧ののりが変わらなかったと感じた。
△ 7名中4名以上が、素肌と比べて、化粧ののりに違和感を覚えた。
× 7名中4名以上が、素肌と比べて、化粧ののりが明らかに悪いと感じた。
A commercially available foundation was prepared, and the median diameter of the foundation powder was measured by a particle size analysis / laser analysis method in accordance with JIS Z 8825-1: 2001, and found to be 6 μm. In addition, seven women who applied the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 4 to 6 to the upper cheeks included the above-mentioned foundation on the other surface of the adhesive support. Apply to make up. After the makeup, a questionnaire was given about the paste on the makeup, and the ease with which it was applied was evaluated according to the following criteria.
◎ All seven felt that the skin and makeup paste did not change.
○ More than 4 out of 7 felt that the skin and makeup paste did not change.
△ More than 4 out of 7 people felt uncomfortable with makeup paste compared to bare skin.
× More than 4 out of 7 people felt that the makeup paste was clearly worse than the bare skin.
 実施例7~11、比較例4~6に係る貼付材に係る貼付材を貼付した女性7名が、普段通りに1日生活して、貼付材を貼付してから24時間後の時点で貼付材が貼付されたままの状態であるか、貼付材の長期貼付性を評価した。女性7名は、24時間の間に1回入浴していた。貼付材の長期貼付性について、次の基準で評価した。
◎ 7名全員で、貼付材が剥がれかけることなく貼付されたままであった。
○ 7名中4名以上が、貼付材が剥がれかけることなく貼付されたままであった。
△ 7名中4名以上で、貼付材が剥がれかけた状態で貼付されていた。
× 7名中4名以上で、貼付材が剥脱していた。
Seven women who applied the adhesives according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 4 to 6 lived as usual for one day, and applied 24 hours after applying the adhesives. The long-term stickability of the patch was evaluated to determine whether the patch was still stuck. Seven women took a bath once every 24 hours. The long-term stickability of the patch was evaluated according to the following criteria.
◎ With all seven people, the patch remained stuck without peeling off.
○ More than 4 out of 7 people were stuck without any peeling material.
Δ: At least 4 out of 7 people were stuck with the patch material peeled off.
X The patch material was peeled off by 4 or more of 7 people.
[実施例7~11,比較例4,5を用いた比較試験の結果、考察]
 実施例7~11,比較例4,5に係る貼付材に関して、皮膚の矯正効果、違和感の覚えにくさ、目立ちにくさ、化粧ののりやすさ、長期貼付性についての試験結果等を、表1に示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
[Results and discussion of comparative tests using Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 4 and 5]
Table 1 shows the results of the tests on the patch materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 4 and 5, such as the effects of correcting the skin, difficulty in feeling uncomfortableness, difficulty in conspicuousness, ease of applying makeup, and long-term adhesiveness. Shown in
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
 表1に示すように、実施例7~11に係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、7名全員で、弛んだ頬上部の皮膚部分を挙上して、ほうれい線を浅くすることができた。実施例7~11に係る貼付材は、第1延出部及び第2延出部を備えるため、弛んだ頬上部の皮膚部分に充分な強さの牽引力を適切な方向に分散させて及ぼすことができ、自然な形で皮膚のシワ、弛みを矯正することができたと考えられる。 As shown in Table 1, when the patches according to Examples 7 to 11 were applied, all seven persons could raise the skin part of the loose upper cheeks and shallow the fray line. It was. Since the patch materials according to Examples 7 to 11 include the first extension part and the second extension part, a sufficiently strong traction force is dispersed in an appropriate direction on the skin part of the loose upper cheek. It is thought that it was possible to correct wrinkles and looseness of the skin in a natural way.
 一方、比較例4~6に係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、頬がわずかに挙上し、ほうれい線が浅くなった者は、7名中の1~2名に過ぎず、頬上部に不自然な陥凹を生じた者が3~5名いた。比較例4~6に係る貼付材は、複数の延出部が備えられておらず、弛んだ頬上部の皮膚部分を単一方向にしか牽引することができないため、貼付材の扱いに熟練していない者にとって皮膚を適切に矯正することが難しいと考えられる。さらに、比較例5に係る貼付材は、その支持体の厚さが3μmであり薄すぎるため、牽引しながら皮膚に貼付している間に支持体の引張強度が弱くなり、弛んだ皮膚部分に及ぼす牽引力が弱くなり、皮膚を矯正する効果が小さくなってしまったと考えられる。 On the other hand, when the patch materials according to Comparative Examples 4 to 6 were applied, only 1 to 2 out of 7 people had cheeks raised slightly and the fringe line became shallow, and the upper cheeks There were 3-5 people who had unnatural depressions. The patch materials according to Comparative Examples 4 to 6 are not provided with a plurality of extending portions, and can only pull the skin part of the loose upper cheek in a single direction. It is considered difficult for those who have not done so to properly correct the skin. Furthermore, since the thickness of the support according to Comparative Example 5 is too thin, 3 μm, the tensile strength of the support is weakened while being applied to the skin while towing, and the loose skin part is applied. It seems that the traction force exerted was weakened and the effect of correcting the skin was reduced.
 また、実施例7~11、比較例5,6に係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、7名中の4~7名が、何も貼付していないときと同じように感じた。実施例7~11,比較例5,6に係る貼付材は、その支持体の厚さが3~20μmであるか、又は、支持体の他面のRzが6μm以上であるため、その20%引張強度が0.1~3N/cmである。このため、実施例7~11、比較例5,6に係る貼付材は、頬上部の皮膚部分を牽引しつつも、皮膚の曲面に追従して伸縮する柔軟さ発揮して、使用者が皮膚に違和感を覚えにくいものになったと考えられる。 In addition, when the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 5 and 6 were applied, 4 to 7 of 7 people felt the same as when nothing was applied. The patch materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 5 and 6 have a thickness of the support of 3 to 20 μm, or Rz of the other surface of the support is 6 μm or more, so 20% The tensile strength is 0.1 to 3 N / cm. For this reason, the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 to 11 and Comparative Examples 5 and 6 exhibit the flexibility to expand and contract following the curved surface of the skin while pulling the skin part of the upper cheek, so that the user can It seems that it became difficult to memorize a sense of incongruity.
 一方、比較例4に係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、7名中5名が、頬上部に貼付材を貼付したことによりストレスを感じた。比較例4に係る貼付材は、支持体が55μmと厚いため、その引張応力が強くなりすぎて、貼付後の皮膚に違和感を生じさせたと考えられる。 On the other hand, when the adhesive patch according to Comparative Example 4 was applied, 5 out of 7 persons felt stress because the adhesive patch was applied to the upper cheek. In the patch according to Comparative Example 4, since the support was as thick as 55 μm, it was considered that the tensile stress was too strong, causing the skin after the patch to feel uncomfortable.
 実施例9~11及び比較例6に係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、7名全員が、注意して見なければ、頬上部に貼付材が貼られていることが分からなかった。実施例9~11及び比較例6に係る貼付材は、その他面のRzが15~18μmであり、その支持体に微粒子が含まれている。このため、他面に形成された凹凸や、支持体に含まれる微粒子により、貼付材への入射光が散乱して他面のテカリが抑えられて、目立ちにくくなったと考えられる。さらに、支持体が半透明であり、他面に形成された凹凸により外観が皮膚表面に似ており、微粒子が肌の色に近いため、目立ちにくくなったと考えられる。 When the patches according to Examples 9 to 11 and Comparative Example 6 were affixed, it was not known that all of the seven people had affixed the patch on the upper cheeks unless they looked carefully. The adhesive materials according to Examples 9 to 11 and Comparative Example 6 have Rz of 15 to 18 μm on the other surface, and the support contains fine particles. For this reason, it is considered that the unevenness formed on the other surface and the fine particles contained in the support scattered the incident light on the patch, and the shine on the other surface was suppressed, making it less noticeable. Further, the support is translucent, the appearance is similar to the skin surface due to the irregularities formed on the other surface, and the fine particles are close to the color of the skin.
 実施例7,8に係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、7名中4~6名が、注意して見なければ、頬上部に貼付材が貼られていることが分からなかった。実施例7,8に係る貼付材は、他面のRzが6μmと小さいため、支持体への入射光を散乱させる作用が弱く、若干のテカリが生じてしまう。比較例5に係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、7名中3名が一瞬見ただけで貼付材が貼付されていると分かり、比較例4に係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、7名全員が、一瞬見ただけで貼付材が貼付されていると分かった。比較例4,5に係る貼付材は、その他面のRzが0.2μmであり凹凸がほとんど形成されていないため、他面に生じたテカリが目立ってしまった。特に、比較例4に係る貼付材は、その支持体の厚さが55μmと厚いため、支持体と皮膚との段差が目立ってしまった。 When the patches according to Examples 7 and 8 were pasted, 4 to 6 of the 7 persons did not know that the patches were stuck on the upper cheeks unless they looked carefully. Since the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 and 8 have a small Rz of 6 μm on the other surface, the effect of scattering incident light on the support is weak, and some shine is generated. When the patch material according to Comparative Example 5 was pasted, it was found that the patch material was pasted by only 3 of 7 people seeing for a moment, and when the patch material according to Comparative Example 4 was pasted, 7 All the names were found to have the patch attached just by looking at it for a moment. Since the patch materials according to Comparative Examples 4 and 5 had Rz of 0.2 μm on the other surface and almost no irregularities were formed, the shine caused on the other surface was conspicuous. In particular, since the thickness of the support of the patch according to Comparative Example 4 was as thick as 55 μm, the level difference between the support and the skin was conspicuous.
 実施例10,11及び比較例6に係る貼付材を貼付した場合は、7名中4名以上が、貼付材の他面に化粧をしても、素肌と化粧ののりが変わらなかったと感じた。メジアン径が6μmであるファンデーションの粉末に対して、実施例10,11及び比較例6に係る貼付材は、その支持体の他面のRzが15~18μmであるため、他面に形成された凹凸に粉末が効率よく保持され、化粧ののりが良いと考えられる。実施例7及び8に係る貼付材は、その他面のRzが6μmであるため、他面のRzの大きさがファンデーションの粉末のメジアン径と同じである。また、7名中の5名が、素肌と比べて、化粧ののりが少し悪いと違和感を覚えた。実施例7,8に係る貼付材では、直径がメジアン径未満である粉末は他面上に保持されたが、直径が他面のRzよりも大きい粉末の多くは他面上から滑り落ちてしまったと考えられる。 When the patches according to Examples 10 and 11 and Comparative Example 6 were applied, 4 or more of 7 people felt that the skin and makeup paste did not change even when applying makeup on the other side of the patch. . For the powder of the foundation having a median diameter of 6 μm, the adhesive materials according to Examples 10 and 11 and Comparative Example 6 were formed on the other surface because Rz of the other surface of the support was 15 to 18 μm. It is considered that the powder is efficiently held on the unevenness and that the paste is good. Since the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 and 8 have Rz of 6 μm on the other surface, the size of Rz on the other surface is the same as the median diameter of the foundation powder. In addition, 5 out of 7 people felt uncomfortable when the makeup paste was a little worse than the bare skin. In the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 and 8, the powder having a diameter less than the median diameter was held on the other surface, but most of the powder having a diameter larger than Rz on the other surface slipped off from the other surface. It is thought.
 比較例4,5に係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、ファンデーションの粉末が他面上から滑り落ちたため、7名全員が、素肌と比べて化粧ののりが明らかに悪いと感じた。比較例4,5に係る貼付材の他面のRzは0.2μmであり、ファンデーションの粉末のメジアン径に対して他面に形成された凹凸の深さが浅すぎるため、ファンデーションの粉末が他面上で保持されなかったと考えられる。 When the patch materials according to Comparative Examples 4 and 5 were affixed, the foundation powder slipped off from the other side, and all seven felt that the makeup paste was clearly worse than the bare skin. Rz of the other surface of the adhesive material according to Comparative Examples 4 and 5 is 0.2 μm, and the depth of the unevenness formed on the other surface is too shallow with respect to the median diameter of the powder of the foundation. It is thought that it was not held on the surface.
 実施例7,11及び比較例5係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、貼付してから24時間経過時に、7名全員で、貼付材が剥がれかけることなく貼付されたままであった。実施例7及び比較例5に係る貼付材は、その支持体の厚さが3~10μmであり薄いため、皮膚の曲面や動きに追従しやすく、皮膚表面が蒸れにくいため、長期貼付性が良いと考えられる。実施例11に係る貼付材は、支持体の厚さが25μmであり若干厚いが、その他面のRzが18μmと大きく、その支持体の透湿度が2,400g/(m・day)と高く、更に粘着剤層に保湿剤としてヒアルロン酸が含まれ、消炎剤としてグリチルリチン酸カリウムが添加されているため、皮膚表面が蒸れにくく長期貼付性が良いと考えられる。 When the adhesive materials according to Examples 7 and 11 and Comparative Example 5 were applied, the adhesive material remained attached without being peeled off by all 7 persons when 24 hours had elapsed since application. The adhesive materials according to Example 7 and Comparative Example 5 have a thin support of 3 to 10 μm and are easy to follow the curved surface and movement of the skin. it is conceivable that. In the patch according to Example 11, the thickness of the support is 25 μm and is slightly thick, but the Rz of the other surface is as large as 18 μm, and the moisture permeability of the support is as high as 2,400 g / (m 2 · day). Furthermore, since hyaluronic acid is contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer as a moisturizing agent and potassium glycyrrhizinate is added as an anti-inflammatory agent, it is considered that the skin surface is hard to be stuffy and has a long-term sticking property.
 実施例8~10及び比較例6に係る貼付材を貼付した場合には、7名中の4~6名で、貼付材が剥がれかけることなく貼付されたままであった。実施例8~10及び比較例6に係る貼付材は、支持体の厚さが20~25μmであり若干厚いが、その他面のRzが6~18μmあるため、深い凹凸により支持体の透湿度が保たれて、皮膚表面が蒸れにくく長期貼付性が良いと考えられる。一方、比較例4に係る貼付材は、7名中4名で、貼付材が剥脱していた。その支持体が55μmと厚く、その他面のRzが0.2μmと小さいため、支持体の透湿度が低く皮膚表面が蒸れて長期貼付性が悪いと考えられる。さらに、その支持体が55μmと厚いため、支持体の引張強度が強く、支持体が皮膚の動きに追従できなくなり、長期貼付性が悪いと考えられる。 When the patch materials according to Examples 8 to 10 and Comparative Example 6 were pasted, 4 to 6 out of 7 persons remained stuck without peeling off. The adhesive materials according to Examples 8 to 10 and Comparative Example 6 have a support thickness of 20 to 25 μm, which is slightly thick, but the other surface has Rz of 6 to 18 μm. It is considered that the skin surface is kept dry and the long-term sticking property is good. On the other hand, the patch according to Comparative Example 4 was four out of seven, and the patch was peeled off. Since the support is as thick as 55 μm and the Rz on the other surface is as small as 0.2 μm, it is considered that the moisture permeability of the support is low and the skin surface is steamed and the long-term stickability is poor. Furthermore, since the support is as thick as 55 μm, the tensile strength of the support is strong, the support cannot follow the movement of the skin, and long-term stickability is considered to be poor.
 なお、実施例10に係る粘着剤は、その粘着剤層にコラーゲンやビタミンCが含まれているが、その長期貼付性は良かった。このため、実施例10に係る貼付材を用いると、ビタミンCやコラーゲンにより、皮膚のハリを保つ効果や美白の効果等を発揮できると期待される。また、実施例11に係る貼付材は、その粘着剤層に抗炎症薬グリチルリチン酸カリウムやヒアルロン酸が含まれているが、その長期貼付性は良く、消炎効果と皮膚の水分保持効果を発揮することができると考えられる。 In addition, although the adhesive which concerns on Example 10 contained collagen and vitamin C in the adhesive layer, the long-term sticking property was good. For this reason, when the patch according to Example 10 is used, it is expected that vitamin C and collagen can exhibit the effect of keeping the skin firm and the effect of whitening. Moreover, although the adhesive layer which concerns on Example 11 contains the anti-inflammatory drugs potassium glycyrrhizinate and hyaluronic acid in the adhesive layer, the long-term sticking property is good and exhibits the anti-inflammatory effect and the moisture retention effect of the skin. It is considered possible.
 本発明に係る貼付材は、弛んだ皮膚部分に貼付することで、シワ、弛みを生じた皮膚を効率よく矯正することができる。本貼付材を高齢者の顔面に貼付すると、弛んだ皮膚が挙上されて、高齢者を若々しく自然な顔貌にすることができる。また、本貼付材の貼付方法は、本貼付材を適切に皮膚に貼付する方法であり、当該方法により貼付された貼付材は、皮膚を矯正する効果を優れて発揮する。さらに、本貼付材の貼付具は、本貼付材のサイズが大きい場合にも、簡易迅速に皮膚に本貼付材を適切に貼付可能にする。 The sticking material according to the present invention can be applied to a loose skin part to efficiently correct wrinkled or loose skin. When this patch is affixed to the elderly person's face, the loose skin is raised, making the elderly person a young and natural face. Moreover, the sticking method of this patch is a method of sticking this patch appropriately on the skin, and the patch stuck by this method exhibits an excellent effect of correcting the skin. In addition, the patch of the present patch allows the patch to be appropriately and quickly applied to the skin even when the size of the patch is large.
1  貼付材
2  基部
3  第1延出部
4  基部の一端部
6  第2延出部
8  支持体
9  粘着剤層
11 支持体の一面
12 基部の他端部
41 弛んだ皮膚部分
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Adhesive material 2 Base part 3 1st extension part 4 One end part 6 Second extension part 8 Support body 9 Adhesive layer 11 One surface 12 of support body The other end part 41 of base Loose skin part

Claims (10)

  1.  弾性を有するフィルム状の支持体、及び前記支持体の一面に設けられた粘着剤層を備えた貼付材であって、
     前記貼付材は、
     一端部及び他端部を有する基部と、
     前記他端部から延出している第1延出部と、
     前記第1延出部が延出している方向とは別方向へ前記他端部から延出している第2延出部と、
     を少なくとも備えて構成し、
     前記貼付材が貼付されたときに前記基部が、弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、前記一端部から前記第1延出部へ向けて牽引されており、かつ、当該一端部から当該第1延出部へ向かう方向とは別方向にある前記第2延出部へ向けて牽引されていることを特徴とする貼付材。
    A film-like support having elasticity, and a patch comprising an adhesive layer provided on one surface of the support,
    The patch is
    A base having one end and the other end;
    A first extension extending from the other end;
    A second extension part extending from the other end in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension part extends;
    Comprising at least
    When the adhesive material is applied, the base is attached to at least a part of the slack skin portion, pulled from the one end toward the first extension, and the one end The patch is pulled toward the second extension part in a direction different from the direction toward the first extension part.
  2.  弾性を有するフィルム状の支持体、及び前記支持体の一面に設けられた粘着剤層を備えた貼付材であって、
     前記貼付材は、
     一端部及び他端部を有する基部と、
     前記他端部から延出している第1延出部と、
     前記第1延出部が延出している方向とは別方向へ前記他端部から延出している第2延出部と、
     を少なくとも備えて構成していることを特徴とする貼付材。
    A film-like support having elasticity, and a patch comprising an adhesive layer provided on one surface of the support,
    The patch is
    A base having one end and the other end;
    A first extension extending from the other end;
    A second extension part extending from the other end in a direction different from the direction in which the first extension part extends;
    An adhesive material characterized by comprising at least.
  3.  請求項1又は2に記載の貼付材が貼付されたときに、前記一端部、前記第1延出部、及び前記第2延出部からなる群より選ばれた1つ以上の部分が、筋組織、腱組織、及び軟骨組織からなる群より選ばれた1種以上の組織を介して骨組織に固定された皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されていることを特徴とする貼付材。 When the adhesive material according to claim 1 or 2 is attached, one or more parts selected from the group consisting of the one end part, the first extension part, and the second extension part are muscles. An adhesive material, which is attached to at least a part of a skin portion fixed to a bone tissue through one or more kinds of tissues selected from the group consisting of a tissue, a tendon tissue, and a cartilage tissue.
  4.  請求項3に記載の貼付材が貼付されたときに、前記基部が前記弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、前記弛んだ皮膚部分がほうれい線と耳前との間にある皮膚部分であり、前記固定された皮膚部分が耳前の皮膚部分であることを特徴とする貼付材。 When the patch according to claim 3 is affixed, the base is affixed to at least a part of the slack skin part, and the slack skin part is between the constriction line and the front of the ear. A patch, which is a skin part, and wherein the fixed skin part is a skin part in front of the ear.
  5.  請求項3に記載の貼付材が貼付されたときに、
     前記基部が、前記弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、
     前記弛んだ皮膚部分が、マリオネットラインと耳垂前部との間にある皮膚部分であり、
     前記固定された皮膚部分が、耳垂前部の皮膚部分であることを特徴とする貼付材。
    When the patch of claim 3 is affixed,
    The base is affixed to at least a portion of the loose skin portion;
    The loose skin part is the skin part between the marionette line and the front of the earlobe;
    The patch, wherein the fixed skin portion is a skin portion in the front of the earlobe.
  6.  請求項3に記載の貼付材が貼付されたときに、
     前記基部が、前記弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、
     前記弛んだ皮膚部分が、下眼瞼部の眼袋とこめかみとの間にある皮膚部分、及び鼻背とこめかみとの間にある皮膚部分からなる群より選ばれた1種以上の皮膚部分であり、
     前記固定された皮膚部分が、こめかみの皮膚部分であることを特徴とする貼付材。
    When the patch of claim 3 is affixed,
    The base is affixed to at least a portion of the loose skin portion;
    The loose skin part is one or more skin parts selected from the group consisting of a skin part between the eye bag of the lower eyelid and the temple and a skin part between the back of the nose and the temple;
    The patch, wherein the fixed skin portion is a skin portion of a temple.
  7.  請求項3に記載の貼付材が貼付されたときに、
     前記基部が、前記弛んだ皮膚部分の少なくとも一部に貼付されており、
     前記弛んだ皮膚部分が、眉間の皮膚部分であり、
     前記固定された皮膚部分が、鼻背の皮膚部分、及び前頭部の頭髪の生え際の皮膚部分からなる群より選ばれた1種以上の皮膚部分であることを特徴とする貼付材。
    When the patch of claim 3 is affixed,
    The base is affixed to at least a portion of the loose skin portion;
    The loose skin part is the skin part between the eyebrows;
    The adhesive material, wherein the fixed skin portion is one or more skin portions selected from the group consisting of a skin portion on the back of the nose and a skin portion on the hairline of the frontal head.
  8.  前記支持体の厚さが6~50μmであり、
     前記支持体の20%引張強度が0.1~3N/cmであり、
     前記粘着剤層の厚さが5~100μmであることを特徴とする請求項1~7のいずれかに記載の貼付材。
    The support has a thickness of 6 to 50 μm;
    The support has a 20% tensile strength of 0.1 to 3 N / cm,
    The patch according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has a thickness of 5 to 100 µm.
  9.  前記支持体の厚さをwとするとき、当該支持体の他面の十点平均粗さRzが、6μm≦Rz≦40μmであり、かつ、Rz≦wであることを特徴とする請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の貼付材。 The ten-point average roughness Rz of the other surface of the support is 6 μm ≦ Rz ≦ 40 μm and Rz ≦ w, where w is the thickness of the support. The patch according to any one of 8 to 8.
  10.  請求項1から9のいずれかに記載の貼付材を囲むフレームと、
     前記フレームに取り付けられて前記一端部を保持する一端部保持手段と、
     前記フレームに取り付けられて前記第1延出部を保持する第1延出部保持手段と、
     前記フレームに取り付けられて前記第2延出部を保持する第2延出部保持手段と、
     を備える貼付具。
    A frame surrounding the patch according to any one of claims 1 to 9,
    One end holding means attached to the frame and holding the one end;
    First extension portion holding means attached to the frame and holding the first extension portion;
    Second extension portion holding means attached to the frame and holding the second extension portion;
    A sticker comprising:
PCT/JP2015/086437 2014-12-26 2015-12-25 Patch material and patch applicator therefor WO2016104801A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020177017049A KR102504510B1 (en) 2014-12-26 2015-12-25 Patch material and patch applicator therefor
CN201580071204.7A CN107105870B (en) 2014-12-26 2015-12-25 Adhesive material and adhesive tool

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-266604 2014-12-26
JP2014266604 2014-12-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016104801A1 true WO2016104801A1 (en) 2016-06-30

Family

ID=56150811

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/086437 WO2016104801A1 (en) 2014-12-26 2015-12-25 Patch material and patch applicator therefor

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6706498B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102504510B1 (en)
CN (1) CN107105870B (en)
WO (1) WO2016104801A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107280836A (en) * 2017-07-21 2017-10-24 姜瓣 A kind of decree line eliminates nose and hung and decree line arrester

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110225744B (en) * 2017-02-01 2022-11-01 株式会社资生堂 Non-adhesive body surface patch
JP6305617B1 (en) * 2017-10-03 2018-04-04 株式会社レーベン販売 Face mask
WO2020026529A1 (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-06 株式会社資生堂 Pseudo-skin film, method for manufacturing same, method for using same, and cosmetic kit having pseudo-skin film
TWI685311B (en) * 2019-04-11 2020-02-21 台灣基督長老教會馬偕醫療財團法人馬偕紀念醫院 Patch kit, three-dimensional patch structure, and the use thereof for smoothing wrinkles

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS59133115U (en) * 1983-02-28 1984-09-06 門井 由美 Facial wrinkle smoothing tape
JP2002345870A (en) * 2001-05-29 2002-12-03 Masaki Nishioka Nasal muscle reform implement
JP2010017545A (en) * 2009-07-06 2010-01-28 Shinichi Koyano Wrinkle removing mask
JP4450335B1 (en) * 2009-06-11 2010-04-14 進一 塚本 Eyepack seat for visual inspection of lifting function status and usage
JP2014061215A (en) * 2012-09-24 2014-04-10 Sanpack:Kk Wrinkle removing tool
US20140100599A1 (en) * 2012-10-05 2014-04-10 Che Hub Ha Band for preventing wrinkles

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1187963A (en) * 1996-10-18 1998-07-22 花王株式会社 Pack for the nose
KR200199749Y1 (en) * 1998-06-02 2000-11-01 서경배 Patch for preventing wrinkles of around one,seyes
JP2002241222A (en) 2001-02-16 2002-08-28 Sunao Fujimoto Tape for showing face small
JP3562766B1 (en) * 2003-01-14 2004-09-08 株式会社フリージア Stretch tape
CN101133980A (en) * 2007-10-08 2008-03-05 广州壹鹏电器科技有限公司 Air pressure face cover
KR200445866Y1 (en) 2009-04-21 2009-09-08 김복동 Wrinkle Reducing Device
KR100940939B1 (en) 2009-06-08 2010-02-08 주식회사 에코산업 Beauty care pad manufacturing method for wrinkle improvement of the facial
EP2462978A4 (en) * 2009-08-07 2013-01-02 Medrx Co Ltd Applicator device of pinholder type microneedle
CN201854841U (en) * 2010-08-12 2011-06-08 王亮 Wrinkle removing sticker
CN203169849U (en) * 2013-03-20 2013-09-04 东莞市朵露曼美光电子科技有限公司 LED facial mask
CN203369535U (en) * 2013-06-15 2014-01-01 梁俊霞 Anti-gravitation mask
CN104223736A (en) * 2013-11-19 2014-12-24 单兴丽 Face lift unit and lift method
TWM475954U (en) * 2013-12-27 2014-04-11 ya-yi Zhang Skin patch structure
CN104127324B (en) * 2014-08-06 2016-08-17 陈蕾 A kind of self-heating thermal insulation three dimensional face mask

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS59133115U (en) * 1983-02-28 1984-09-06 門井 由美 Facial wrinkle smoothing tape
JP2002345870A (en) * 2001-05-29 2002-12-03 Masaki Nishioka Nasal muscle reform implement
JP4450335B1 (en) * 2009-06-11 2010-04-14 進一 塚本 Eyepack seat for visual inspection of lifting function status and usage
JP2010017545A (en) * 2009-07-06 2010-01-28 Shinichi Koyano Wrinkle removing mask
JP2014061215A (en) * 2012-09-24 2014-04-10 Sanpack:Kk Wrinkle removing tool
US20140100599A1 (en) * 2012-10-05 2014-04-10 Che Hub Ha Band for preventing wrinkles

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107280836A (en) * 2017-07-21 2017-10-24 姜瓣 A kind of decree line eliminates nose and hung and decree line arrester

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6706498B2 (en) 2020-06-10
JP2016123866A (en) 2016-07-11
CN107105870A (en) 2017-08-29
CN107105870B (en) 2021-02-02
KR20170098835A (en) 2017-08-30
KR102504510B1 (en) 2023-02-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016104801A1 (en) Patch material and patch applicator therefor
JP4672799B2 (en) Cosmetic auxiliary patch and makeup method using the patch
US20120308619A1 (en) Cosmetic anti-wrinkle patch
JP2011172831A (en) Cosmetic patch, and method for applying the same
KR20140036150A (en) Wound or skin treatment devices and methods
US20190298038A1 (en) Skin patch
WO2016011168A1 (en) Use of adhesive patch and tension strap to reduce wrinkles in skin
KR101811937B1 (en) Skin-masking material
EP3049037B1 (en) Eye patch and related method
JP2004267692A (en) Face mask having sheet form for corresponding to three dimensional shape, and method of drafting the mask
WO2001034078A1 (en) Non-surgical upper eyelid lift system
US10603221B1 (en) Noninvasive device and method for neck lift
JP3194879U (en) Stretcher tape
CN111479545B (en) Adhesive elastic beautifying belt
KR20120077986A (en) The embo-eyebrow type pad for practice
JP2008297690A (en) False eyelash
JP6114471B2 (en) Double eyelid wrinkle forming tape
US20220233582A1 (en) Silicone Face Mask For Skin Treatment
CN202960932U (en) Totally enclosed structure type eye hydrogel protective dressing
CN218684728U (en) Eye identification sticker for ophthalmologic operation
CN205598089U (en) Neonate's phototherapy eye -shade
WO2015072021A1 (en) Patch for covering lip cosmetic, use thereof and process for manufacturing same
JP5695263B1 (en) Medical fingertip protection member
JP2010022780A (en) Skin-affinity carbohydrate seal, its manufacturing method and its usage
JP2009082231A (en) Eye area protecting tape

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15873369

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177017049

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15873369

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1